{"title":"New In","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"2halfinchsustack","title":"2.5\" SU Carb HS4 HIF38\/4 H4 Ram Pipe Trumpet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVortex 2.5\" Velocity Stack for SU Carburettors – 35mm Intake\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne 3D-printed 2.5\" tall “Vortex” velocity stack for SU carburettors with a 35mm intake.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to improve intake performance, this longer Vortex velocity stack provides a smooth bellmouth-style entry into the carburettor and is designed for compatible SU applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU HS4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF 38\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU H4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese carburettors are commonly used across a wide range of classic British vehicles, including \u003cstrong\u003eMinis, Jaguars, Triumphs, MGs and other compatible applications\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2.5\" tall Vortex velocity stack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35mm intake size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatible SU carburettors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to improve intake airflow and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth bellmouth-style intake entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLonger 2.5\" design for applications where additional stack length is desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther sizes and lengths available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–20 minutes, depending on carburettor setup\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe velocity stack is designed to fit directly to the compatible SU carburettor using the existing mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore use, ensure the stack is securely fitted and that there is sufficient clearance within the engine bay, particularly with the increased 2.5\" length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × 2.5\" Vortex velocity stack – 35mm intake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarburettor NOT included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a durable solution for automotive applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOther \u003cstrong\u003eintake sizes and velocity stack lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e are also available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlease get in touch if you require a different size or configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same 35mm SU fitment, compare the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1halfinchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" Vortex stack (IP-0045)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2inchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Vortex stack (IP-0044)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. If your carburettor is an \u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF44\u003c\/strong\u003e, use the dedicated \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hiff44sustack2inch\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHIF44 2\" Vortex stack (IP-0010)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG performance component\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured by or affiliated with SU, Mini, Jaguar, Triumph or MG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlease ensure the selected velocity stack provides adequate clearance within your specific engine bay and intake setup before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0046\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Fitment \u0026amp; Selection Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure which Vortex stack is right for your carburettor? Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vortex-velocity-stack-fitment-selection-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVortex velocity stack fitment \u0026amp; selection guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare carburettor fitment, intake or bore size, stack height and IPNG part number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146090831,"sku":"IP-0046","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_102_s-l1600.png?v=1786099582"},{"product_id":"1halfinchsustack","title":"1.5\" HS4 HIF38\/4 H4 SU Carb Ram Pipe Trumpet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVortex 1.5\" Velocity Stack for SU Carburettors – 35mm Intake\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne 3D-printed 1.5\" tall “Vortex” velocity stack for SU carburettors with a 35mm intake.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to improve intake flow, this Vortex velocity stack has been developed with the \u003cstrong\u003eA-Series engine tuning principles discussed in the highly regarded works of David Vizard\u003c\/strong\u003e in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDevelopment testing indicated an \u003cstrong\u003eapproximately 5.2% improvement in intake flow over the standard A-Series setup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vortex design provides a smooth, controlled transition into the carburettor, helping optimise airflow into the engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU HS4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF 38\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU H4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese carburettors are commonly found across a wide range of classic British vehicles, including \u003cstrong\u003eMinis, Jaguars, Triumphs, MGs and other compatible applications\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" tall Vortex velocity stack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35mm intake size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatible SU carburettors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVortex internal design developed to optimise intake airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately \u003cstrong\u003e5.2% increased intake flow\u003c\/strong\u003e over the standard A-Series setup during development testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped with reference to \u003cstrong\u003eDavid Vizard's A-Series engine tuning principles\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth bellmouth-style intake entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther sizes and lengths available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–20 minutes, depending on carburettor setup\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe velocity stack is designed to fit directly to the compatible SU carburettor using the existing mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore use, ensure the stack is securely fitted and that there is sufficient clearance within the engine bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × 1.5\" Vortex velocity stack – 35mm intake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarburettor NOT included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e3D printed using \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for use within demanding automotive environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOther \u003cstrong\u003eintake sizes and velocity stack lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlease get in touch if you require a different size or configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same 35mm SU fitment, compare the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2inchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Vortex stack (IP-0044)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or longer \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2halfinchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2.5\" Vortex stack (IP-0046)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. If your carburettor is an \u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF44\u003c\/strong\u003e, use the dedicated \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hiff44sustack2inch\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHIF44 2\" Vortex stack (IP-0010)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG performance component\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured by or affiliated with SU, Mini, Jaguar, Triumph or MG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated airflow improvement is based on development testing and may vary depending on the specific carburettor, engine and intake configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0045\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Fitment \u0026amp; Selection Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure which Vortex stack is right for your carburettor? Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vortex-velocity-stack-fitment-selection-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVortex velocity stack fitment \u0026amp; selection guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare carburettor fitment, intake or bore size, stack height and IPNG part number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146156367,"sku":"IP-0045","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_126_s-l1600_4ec6c4a2-72e4-4989-9880-f865367e5905.png?v=1785977078"},{"product_id":"2inchsustack","title":"2\" SU Carb HS4 HIF38\/4 H4 Ram Pipe Trumpet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVortex 2\" Velocity Stack for SU Carburettors – 35mm Intake\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne 3D-printed 2\" tall “Vortex” velocity stack for SU carburettors with a 35mm intake.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to improve the airflow characteristics of the intake system, this Vortex velocity stack has been developed with the \u003cstrong\u003eA-Series engine tuning principles discussed in the highly regarded works of David Vizard\u003c\/strong\u003e in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTesting during development indicated an \u003cstrong\u003eapproximately 5.2% improvement in intake flow over the standard A-Series setup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe integrated Vortex design is intended to provide a smoother, more controlled transition into the carburettor, helping optimise airflow into the engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to fit the following \u003cstrong\u003eSU carburettors\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHS4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHIF 38\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eH4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHIF4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese carburettors are commonly found across a wide range of classic British vehicles, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Mini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJaguar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriumph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnd many other applications using compatible SU carburettors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" tall Vortex velocity stack\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35mm intake size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for compatible SU carburettors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVortex internal design developed to optimise airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately \u003cstrong\u003e5.2% increased intake flow\u003c\/strong\u003e over the standard A-Series setup during development testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped with reference to \u003cstrong\u003eDavid Vizard's A-Series engine tuning principles\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth bellmouth-style intake entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther sizes and lengths available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for classic British performance and restoration applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–20 minutes, depending on carburettor setup\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe velocity stack is designed to fit directly to the compatible SU carburettor using the existing mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways ensure the velocity stack is securely fitted and that there is adequate clearance within the engine bay before operating the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × 2\" Vortex velocity stack – 35mm intake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarburettor NOT included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured using \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e for durability in automotive applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOther \u003cstrong\u003eintake sizes and velocity stack lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e are also available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you require a different size or configuration, please get in touch to discuss your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same 35mm SU fitment, compare the shorter \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1halfinchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" Vortex stack (IP-0045)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or longer \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2halfinchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2.5\" Vortex stack (IP-0046)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. If your carburettor is an \u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF44\u003c\/strong\u003e, use the dedicated \u003ca href=\"\/products\/hiff44sustack2inch\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHIF44 2\" Vortex stack (IP-0010)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG performance component\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured by or affiliated with SU, Mini, Jaguar, Triumph or MG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated airflow improvement is based on development testing and may vary depending on the specific carburettor, engine and intake configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0044\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Fitment \u0026amp; Selection Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure which Vortex stack is right for your carburettor? Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vortex-velocity-stack-fitment-selection-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVortex velocity stack fitment \u0026amp; selection guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare carburettor fitment, intake or bore size, stack height and IPNG part number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146123599,"sku":"IP-0044","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_166_s-l1600.png?v=1785976882"},{"product_id":"1275gtsteeringwheelcentrered","title":"Classic Mini 1275GT Badge Red Clubman Steering Wheel Centre","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini 1275GT Steering Wheel Centre Badge – Red\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne RED 3D-printed replica of the Classic Mini 1275GT steering wheel centre badge.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replicate the distinctive original \u003cstrong\u003e1275GT steering wheel centre badge\u003c\/strong\u003e, this is an ideal replacement for original badges that have been lost, damaged or removed over the years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal examples are becoming increasingly difficult to find, with genuine badges commanding \u003cstrong\u003eprices of £200 or more\u003c\/strong\u003e. This IPNG reproduction provides a high-quality alternative at a fraction of the cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eColour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe badge is available with \u003cstrong\u003efour different outer ring colours\u003c\/strong\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis listing is for the RED version.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Mini \u003cstrong\u003e1275GT steering wheel centre badge\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality \u003cstrong\u003e3D-printed reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed outer ring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour-colour range available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to replicate the original appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree-moving face allows the badge to be correctly aligned after installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal replacement for missing or damaged original badges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA considerably more affordable alternative to increasingly expensive original examples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 2–5 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimply push the badge into the centre of the steering wheel and twist the free-moving face until the badge is correctly aligned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo specialist tools should be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × RED Classic Mini 1275GT steering wheel centre badge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction part\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured by or affiliated with Mini or British Leyland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0043\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146287439,"sku":"IP-0043","price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_109_s-l1600_b056bd77-0085-4fff-972e-940b17917b18.png?v=1786099607"},{"product_id":"cooperswheelcentrecaps","title":"Classic Mini Blank Centre Caps for 3.5\"\/4.5\" x 10\" Cooper S Steel Wheel","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Steel Wheel Centre Cap Blanks – Set of 4\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA set of four 3D-printed Classic Mini steel wheel centre cap blanks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to fit \u003cstrong\u003e3.5\" and 4.5\" Classic Mini steel wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e, including both original and reproduction wheels, these centre caps are ideal for anyone looking for a more \u003cstrong\u003eretro, understated appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e without the traditional chrome hubcaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach centre cap features four integrated notches designed to lock securely into the rear of the wheel, providing a simple and hassle-free installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRetro Styling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese centre caps are perfect for creating a \u003cstrong\u003eclassic, minimalist look\u003c\/strong\u003e while still allowing you to add your own finishing touch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat front face is designed to accept \u003cstrong\u003e40mm centre cap decals\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to personalise the wheels with a British Leyland logo, Mini badge or another design of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDecals can also be supplied separately — please contact us if you require decals with your centre caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet of 4 centre caps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003e3.5\" and 4.5\" Classic Mini steel wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with original and reproduction steel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetro, no-chrome-hubcap appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour integrated locking notches for secure fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple installation from the rear of the wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat front face designed to accept \u003cstrong\u003e40mm decals\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for British Leyland, Mini or custom decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Mini \u003cstrong\u003e3.5\" steel wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic Mini \u003cstrong\u003e4.5\" steel wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal steel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible reproduction steel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease check your wheel design and dimensions before ordering to ensure compatibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe centre caps are designed to install from the \u003cstrong\u003erear of the wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimply align the four notches with the corresponding openings in the wheel and push the cap into position. Once fitted, refit the wheel to the vehicle as normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 × Classic Mini steel wheel centre cap blanks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWheels, tyres and decals are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and supplied in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat front face provides a suitable surface for applying \u003cstrong\u003e40mm centre cap decals\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDecals\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you would like decals supplied with your centre caps, please \u003cstrong\u003econtact us before or after ordering\u003c\/strong\u003e to discuss your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction parts\u003c\/strong\u003e and are not manufactured by or affiliated with Mini, British Leyland or any other original manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0042\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146352975,"sku":"IP-0042","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_145_s-l1600.png?v=1785976358"},{"product_id":"1275gtgrillefixingclips","title":"Classic Mini Clubman 1275GT Grille Fixing Clips Front Lower CZH614","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT Front Lower Grille Fixing Clips – Set of 3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA complete set of three 3D-printed front lower grille-to-body fixing clips for the Classic Mini Clubman Saloon, Estate and 1275GT.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese clips are high-quality reproduction parts for the original \u003cstrong\u003eCZH614\u003c\/strong\u003e fixing clips, ideal for replacing missing, damaged or brittle original components during restoration or repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete set of 3 clips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman Saloon\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for \u003cstrong\u003eClubman Estate and 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement for \u003cstrong\u003eCZH614\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReproduction of the original grille-to-body fixing clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for restoration projects or replacing missing original clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman Saloon\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman Estate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e CZH614\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 15–20 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe clips are designed to replace the original grille-to-body fixing clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the existing damaged or missing clips, position the replacement clips in the original mounting locations and refit the lower grille.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 × front lower grille-to-body fixing clips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and supplied in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction parts\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original CZH614 design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThey are not manufactured by or affiliated with British Leyland, Austin, Morris or Mini.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0041\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146385743,"sku":"IP-0041","price":11.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_56_YGPPF25GFQMCM7AMXJHOLNJU.png?v=1786390372"},{"product_id":"polodashswitchblank","title":"VW Dashboard Switch Blank 357957087","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Dashboard Switch Blank – 357 957 087\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne 3D-printed replacement dashboard switch blank for Volkswagen vehicles.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a direct replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eVW part number 357 957 087\u003c\/strong\u003e, this blank is ideal for replacing original items that have been lost, damaged or are becoming increasingly difficult to source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replicate the original part and provide an easy replacement solution for classic Volkswagen interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eVW 357 957 087\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 switch blank supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to replicate the original factory part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing missing or damaged originals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for classic Volkswagen restoration projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5–10 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe switch blank is designed as a direct replacement for the original component and can be installed in the existing dashboard switch position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × 3D-printed dashboard switch blank\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction part\u003c\/strong\u003e designed as a replacement for the original Volkswagen component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOriginal VW Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 357 957 087\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0040\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated VW Interior \u0026amp; Dashboard Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/vwdashboardblank867857145a\"\u003eVW dashboard switch blank – 867 857 145 A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dashboard-parts\"\u003eBrowse dashboard parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146418511,"sku":"IP-0040","price":8.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_108_s-l1600.png?v=1786099594"},{"product_id":"polosteeringrackbush","title":"VW Polo MK2 MK2F Steering Rack Bush","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Polo Mk2F 86C Steering Rack Inner Bush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne replacement steering rack inner bush for the Volkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your Mk2 Polo steering rack is \u003cstrong\u003eknocking, moving excessively or showing unwanted play\u003c\/strong\u003e, a worn inner bush may be the cause. This replacement bush provides an affordable solution for restoring the correct support within the steering rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bush is supplied as an \u003cstrong\u003einterference-fit component\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the internal diameter to be carefully adjusted during installation for the correct fit to your individual steering rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement \u003cstrong\u003esteering rack inner bush\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps address excessive movement or knocking from a worn steering rack bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterference-fit design\u003c\/strong\u003e for accurate final fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal diameter can be adjusted during installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for restoring worn or damaged steering racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Fitment Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bush \u003cstrong\u003erequires internal sanding before installation\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inside of the bush should be carefully sanded using \u003cstrong\u003elow-grit abrasive paper\u003c\/strong\u003e until it slides onto the steering rack with little resistance, while maintaining \u003cstrong\u003eno noticeable play\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe final fit should be checked carefully before reassembling the steering rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★★☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dependent on experience and condition of the steering rack\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the steering rack from the vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the track rods if they are still attached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the rubber boots from both sides of the rack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the two bolts securing the steering pinion and remove the pinion from the rack housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlide the steering rack out of the housing and remove the original worn bush.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarefully sand the inside of the replacement bush until it fits the rack correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe bush should slide with little resistance but have \u003cstrong\u003eno excessive play\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReassemble the steering rack using \u003cstrong\u003efresh grease\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × VW Polo Mk2F \/ 86C steering rack inner bush\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured using durable 3D-printed material suitable for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction part\u003c\/strong\u003e designed as a replacement for the original steering rack inner bush.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional installation is recommended if you are not experienced with steering rack removal and assembly.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect fitting is essential. The bush must be carefully adjusted to achieve the appropriate fit on the steering rack before the rack is reassembled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0039\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated VW Polo Steering Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/steering\"\u003eBrowse steering parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bushes\"\u003eBrowse replacement bushes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146549583,"sku":"IP-0039","price":19.87,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_119_s-l1600_9c9f5153-bda6-4409-af61-3589d4b1a414.png?v=1785975912"},{"product_id":"polograbhandlecover","title":"VW Polo MK2 Roof Grab Handle Cover 321857621A","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Audi 321 857 621 A Replacement Part\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne 3D-printed reproduction of VW\/Audi part number 321 857 621 A.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a direct replacement for the original component, this reproduction is ideal for replacing damaged, missing or difficult-to-source originals during vehicle restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade to fit in the \u003cstrong\u003esame location and manner as the original\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a straightforward replacement without the need to modify the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eVW\/Audi 321 857 621 A\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit \u003cstrong\u003eas the original\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a range of classic Volkswagen and Audi applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for restoration projects or replacing missing original parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 part supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Golf Mk2\u003c\/strong\u003e – 1984–1992\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Jetta\u003c\/strong\u003e – 1984–1992\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk1 \/ Mk2\u003c\/strong\u003e – 1982–1992\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Golf Mk2 USA\u003c\/strong\u003e – 1985–1992\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen Passat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen Coupe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen Quattro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen B2 \/ Type 85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease check the original part number against your vehicle before ordering to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5–10 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement is designed to fit using the \u003cstrong\u003esame fitting method and location as the original factory component\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent modification should be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × 3D-printed replacement part\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction part\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original VW\/Audi component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen or Audi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0038\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated VW Polo Interior Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/roof-trim\"\u003eBrowse roof trim parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/interior\"\u003eBrowse interior trim \u0026amp; replacement parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146484047,"sku":"IP-0038","price":9.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_116_s-l1600_6a4cf951-936e-413e-bc38-7ca8bbaa9784.png?v=1785975735"},{"product_id":"polodoorpullsurroundleft","title":"VW Polo MK2F Left Interior Door Pull Handle Surround Trim","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Polo Mk2F 86C Left-Hand Interior Door Release Handle Outer Trim\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne LEFT-HAND 3D-printed replacement interior door release handle outer trim for the Volkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis trim is a direct replacement for the original Volkswagen part \u003cstrong\u003e867 837 247\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is now \u003cstrong\u003ediscontinued and no longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal trims are becoming increasingly difficult to find, making this an ideal solution for replacing a \u003cstrong\u003edamaged, cracked or missing\u003c\/strong\u003e interior door handle trim and restoring the appearance of the vehicle's interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDirect Replacement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replicate the original component, this trim uses the \u003cstrong\u003esame fitting arrangement as the original part\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply remove the existing trim and install the replacement in its original location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLEFT-HAND version\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces OEM part number \u003cstrong\u003e867 837 247\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal Volkswagen part is \u003cstrong\u003eno longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged, cracked or missing trims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior door handle – Left-hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Left-hand trim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e867 837 247\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 25 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement is designed to install using the original fitting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003etrim removal tool\u003c\/strong\u003e is recommended when removing the existing component to help prevent damage to the surrounding interior panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Left-hand VW Polo 86C interior door release handle outer trim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide an OEM-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original Volkswagen design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original Volkswagen trim has been \u003cstrong\u003ediscontinued and is no longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e, making this an ideal replacement for damaged or missing originals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0037\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated VW Polo Mk2F Door Trim\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/polodoorpullsurroundpair\"\u003eLeft + right VW Polo Mk2F door handle trims – 867 837 247 \/ 867 837 248\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/polodoorpullsurroundright\"\u003eRight-hand door handle trim – 867 837 248\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146516815,"sku":"IP-0037","price":16.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_96_s-l1600.png?v=1785975570"},{"product_id":"polodoorpullsurroundpair","title":"VW Polo MK2F Interior Door Pull Handle Surround Trim (Pair)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Polo Mk2F 86C Interior Door Release Handle Outer Trims – Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne PAIR (LEFT + RIGHT) of 3D-printed replacement interior door release handle outer trims for the Volkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese trims are direct replacements for the original Volkswagen components, which are now \u003cstrong\u003ediscontinued and no longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original trims are becoming increasingly difficult to find, making this pair an ideal solution for replacing \u003cstrong\u003edamaged, cracked or missing\u003c\/strong\u003e interior door handle trims and restoring the appearance of the vehicle's interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDirect Replacement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replicate the original components, these trims use the \u003cstrong\u003esame fitting arrangement as the original parts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply remove the existing trims and install the replacements in their original locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete LEFT + RIGHT pair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original trims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces OEM part numbers \u003cstrong\u003e867 837 247\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e867 837 248\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal Volkswagen parts are \u003cstrong\u003eno longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged, cracked or missing trims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior door handles – Left + Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Left + 1 × Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeft OEM Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e867 837 247\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRight OEM Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e867 837 248\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 25 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacements are designed to install using the original fitting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003etrim removal tool\u003c\/strong\u003e is recommended when removing the existing components to help prevent damage to the surrounding interior panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Left-hand interior door release handle outer trim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Right-hand interior door release handle outer trim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide an OEM-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction parts\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original Volkswagen designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original Volkswagen trims have been \u003cstrong\u003ediscontinued and are no longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e, making these an ideal replacement for damaged or missing originals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0036\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIndividual Door Handle Trims\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/polodoorpullsurroundleft\"\u003eLeft-hand trim – 867 837 247\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/polodoorpullsurroundright\"\u003eRight-hand trim – 867 837 248\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146615119,"sku":"IP-0036","price":29.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_114_s-l1600_1864e5df-2f4c-4b55-b8df-5a2bd4c2d5ec.png?v=1785975480"},{"product_id":"lupogtitoweyecoverright","title":"Volkswagen Lupo GTI Tow Eye Cover RIGHT","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Right-Hand Tow Eye Cover with Retention Strap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne RIGHT-HAND 3D-printed replacement tow eye cover with integrated retention strap for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI (1999–2006).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Lupo GTI tow eye covers are often lost or missing and are becoming increasingly difficult to source, with genuine Volkswagen replacements now discontinued.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIPNG's improved design provides a direct replacement-style solution while adding an \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated retention strap\u003c\/strong\u003e. The strap attaches to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing, helping prevent the cover from becoming lost when removed from the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis means you get both key benefits: a replacement for an increasingly difficult-to-find original part, along with a simple solution to help \u003cstrong\u003eprevent losing the cover again in the future\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImproved Retention\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated strap keeps the tow eye cover attached to the vehicle when it is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply secure the supplied ring terminal to the vehicle's \u003cstrong\u003elower bumper fixing\u003c\/strong\u003e, then push the cover into position until it clicks securely into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRIGHT-HAND version\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement-style fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBased on the original Volkswagen design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated retention strap\u003c\/strong\u003e to help prevent the cover being lost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrap attaches to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing lost, missing or damaged original covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine Volkswagen covers are increasingly difficult to source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be painted to match the vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront bumper – Right-hand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Right-hand tow eye cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–15 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the supplied retention strap to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing, position the cover over the tow eye opening and push it into place until it clicks securely into the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent modification to the vehicle is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Right-hand VW Lupo GTI tow eye cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Integrated retention strap\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinish \u0026amp; Painting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover is supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be painted to match your vehicle's body colour if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original Volkswagen design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0035\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo GTI Tow Eye Covers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtitoweyecovers\"\u003eLeft + right VW Lupo GTI tow eye cover pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtitoweyecoverleft\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI left-hand tow eye cover — 6E0 853 665 F\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tow-eye-covers\"\u003eBrowse VW Lupo GTI tow eye covers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146647887,"sku":"IP-0035","price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_88_s-l1600.png?v=1785975334"},{"product_id":"polodoorpullsurroundright","title":"VW Polo MK2F Right Interior Door Pull Handle Surround Trim","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Polo Mk2F 86C Right-Hand Interior Door Release Handle Trim\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne RIGHT-HAND 3D-printed replacement interior door release handle outer trim for the Volkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis trim is a direct replacement for the original Volkswagen part \u003cstrong\u003e867 837 248\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is now discontinued and becoming increasingly difficult to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for replacing cracked, damaged or missing original trims, this reproduction provides an easy way to restore the appearance of the interior without having to source an increasingly rare genuine Volkswagen part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDirect Replacement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replicate the original component, this trim installs in the \u003cstrong\u003esame location and using the same fixing method as the original\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply remove the existing trim and install the replacement using a suitable trim removal tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRIGHT-HAND version\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for original trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces OEM part number \u003cstrong\u003e867 837 248\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal Volkswagen part is \u003cstrong\u003eno longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged, cracked or missing trims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM-style appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F \/ 86C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRight-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e867 837 248\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatin Black \/ 01C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Right-hand trim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 25 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement is designed to install using the original fitting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003etrim removal tool\u003c\/strong\u003e is recommended to safely remove the existing trim without damaging the surrounding interior panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Right-hand VW Polo 86C interior door release handle outer trim\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMaterial \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e to replicate the original appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original Volkswagen design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original Volkswagen part has been \u003cstrong\u003ediscontinued and is no longer available from VW\u003c\/strong\u003e, making this an ideal replacement for damaged or missing originals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0034\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated VW Polo Mk2F Door Trim\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/polodoorpullsurroundpair\"\u003eLeft + right VW Polo Mk2F door handle trims – 867 837 247 \/ 867 837 248\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/polodoorpullsurroundleft\"\u003eLeft-hand door handle trim – 867 837 247\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146680655,"sku":"IP-0034","price":16.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_93_s-l1600_22f1ede2-43c1-4273-ae06-6f3a160791f9.png?v=1785975117"},{"product_id":"lupogtiwasherjets","title":"Volkswagen Lupo GTI Headlight Washer Jets (Pair)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Headlight Washer Jets \u0026amp; Covers – Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne PAIR of 3D-printed replacement headlight washer jets and covers for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI (1999–2006), supplied with two replacement O-rings.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original Lupo GTI headlight washer jets and covers have been \u003cstrong\u003elong discontinued by Volkswagen\u003c\/strong\u003e and are becoming increasingly difficult to source. After many years, the original plastic components can also become \u003cstrong\u003eextremely brittle\u003c\/strong\u003e, making them particularly prone to breaking when removing the front bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIPNG's replacement set provides an accessible solution for replacing damaged, broken or missing original components while retaining the functionality of the factory headlight washer system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFully Functional Replacement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003efully functional headlight washer jets\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to replace the original components and maintain the operation of the Lupo GTI's factory headlight washer system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach set includes both left- and right-hand assemblies along with \u003cstrong\u003etwo O-rings\u003c\/strong\u003e for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDesigned for Direct Replacement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe IPNG washer jets are designed to fit into the original mounting locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimply push each replacement into position until it securely clicks into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo modification to the vehicle is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA Common Problem with Ageing Lupo GTIs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs these vehicles continue to age, the original washer jets and covers become increasingly fragile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe brittle original plastic can easily crack or break when the front bumper is removed, potentially leaving owners searching for increasingly difficult-to-find replacement parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIPNG's reproduction provides a practical solution for keeping the original headlight washer system complete and functional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePair of left and right-hand headlight washer jets and covers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully functional washer jets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement-style fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 × replacement O-rings included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo vehicle modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCovers can be painted to match the vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing brittle, broken or missing original components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal Volkswagen components are \u003cstrong\u003elong discontinued\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFront bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePair – Left + Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eO-rings\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2 included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOEM References\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeft-hand washer jet\/carrier:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0 955 103\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight-hand washer jet\/carrier:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0 955 104\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeft-hand cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0 955 109\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRight-hand cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0 955 110\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese components are associated with the factory \u003cstrong\u003e8X1 headlight washer system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★★☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 2 hours\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation involves accessing the front bumper and replacing the original washer jet assemblies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe IPNG replacements are designed to fit into the original mounting locations. Simply push the replacement units into position until they click securely into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Left-hand headlight washer jet and cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Right-hand headlight washer jet and cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 × O-rings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinish \u0026amp; Painting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe washer jet assemblies are supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe covers can be painted to match your vehicle if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction parts\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed specifically for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThey are not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0033\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146844495,"sku":"IP-0033","price":49.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_121_s-l1600_82f4b39c-27d3-4c9b-b89c-a18d81de86db.png?v=1785974976"},{"product_id":"lupogtitoweyecoverleft","title":"Volkswagen Lupo GTI Tow Eye Cover LEFT","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Left-Hand Tow Eye Cover with Retention Strap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne LEFT-HAND 3D-printed replacement tow eye cover with integrated retention strap for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI (1999–2006).\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Lupo GTI tow eye covers are becoming increasingly difficult to find, with the genuine Volkswagen left-hand cover \u003cstrong\u003eno longer available as a new replacement part\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIPNG's replacement is based on the original design, providing an accessible replacement for missing or damaged covers while also adding an \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated retention strap\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe strap attaches to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing, helping prevent the cover from becoming lost when it is removed from the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImproved Retention\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated retention strap is designed to keep the tow eye cover attached to the vehicle when removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply secure the strap to the \u003cstrong\u003elower bumper fixing\u003c\/strong\u003e, then push the cover into its original position until it clicks securely into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis means that, unlike the original cover, you can remove it when access to the tow eye is required without having to worry about where you have put it afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLEFT-HAND version\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement-style fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBased on the original Volkswagen design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated retention strap\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrap attaches to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent the cover from becoming lost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOriginal Volkswagen part is increasingly difficult to source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be painted to match your vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront bumper – Left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6E0 853 665 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Left-hand cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–15 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the supplied retention strap to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing, position the cover over the tow eye opening and push it into place until it clicks securely into the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent modification to the vehicle is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Left-hand VW Lupo GTI tow eye cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Integrated retention strap\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinish \u0026amp; Painting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cover is supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be painted to match your vehicle's body colour if required. Appropriate preparation and automotive paint should be used for the best finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original Volkswagen design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOEM reference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0 853 665 F\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0032\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo GTI Tow Eye Covers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtitoweyecovers\"\u003eLeft + right VW Lupo GTI tow eye cover pair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtitoweyecoverright\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI right-hand tow eye cover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tow-eye-covers\"\u003eBrowse VW Lupo GTI tow eye covers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146778959,"sku":"IP-0032","price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_131_s-l1600_58c69734-de0e-4eee-9bd6-690f8f6545ba.png?v=1785974806"},{"product_id":"lupogtiearthstudcover","title":"Volkswagen Lupo GTI Earth Stud Cover","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Earth Stud Cover\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne 3D-printed reproduction earth stud cover for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis reproduction is based on the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal VW earth stud cover\u003c\/strong\u003e, which screws directly onto the threaded earth stud located on the left-hand side of the vehicle within the engine bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original covers are commonly removed when using the earth point with jump leads and are easily misplaced afterwards. With genuine replacement covers becoming increasingly difficult and expensive to source, IPNG's reproduction provides a \u003cstrong\u003emore affordable and accessible alternative\u003c\/strong\u003e to the original part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to replicate the original fitting and appearance, the cover simply screws onto the existing earth stud using the \u003cstrong\u003e10 mm hex head\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA common Lupo GTI problem:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe original earth stud cover is often removed when using the earth point with jump leads and subsequently misplaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHard-to-source original:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nGenuine VW replacement covers are increasingly difficult to find and can command a premium when they do become available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAffordable reproduction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIPNG's reproduction is based on the original design, providing an accessible replacement that restores the original appearance of this often-missing engine bay component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReproduction of the original earth stud cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits the threaded earth stud in the engine bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 mm hex-head fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple screw-on installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing lost or missing original covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAffordable and accessible alternative to increasingly difficult-to-source original parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTI only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLeft-hand side of engine bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 mm hex head\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1–2 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimply screw the cover onto the existing threaded earth stud using a \u003cstrong\u003e10 mm socket or spanner\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo modifications or additional components are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG reproduction\u003c\/strong\u003e, based on the original Volkswagen design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0031\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146713423,"sku":"IP-0031","price":7.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_125_s-l1600_a0473221-257d-45aa-8f57-811f70018cb9.png?v=1786099674"},{"product_id":"lupogtitoweyecovers","title":"Volkswagen Lupo GTI Tow Eye Covers (Pair)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Tow Eye Covers with Retention Straps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne PAIR (LEFT + RIGHT)\u003c\/strong\u003e of 3D-printed replacement tow eye covers with integrated retention straps for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI (1999–2006)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Lupo GTI tow eye covers are becoming increasingly difficult to find, with \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen no longer offering the original covers as replacement parts\u003c\/strong\u003e. This makes replacing missing or damaged covers increasingly difficult for Lupo GTI owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIPNG's replacement covers also feature an \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated retention strap\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing an improvement over the original design. The strap secures each cover to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing, helping prevent the covers from becoming lost when removed from the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis means you get a direct replacement for an increasingly hard-to-find original part, \u003cstrong\u003ewith the added benefit of a retention system designed to help prevent losing the replacement in the future.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHard-to-find original parts:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVolkswagen no longer offers the original Lupo GTI tow eye covers as replacement parts, making genuine replacements increasingly difficult to source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproved retention:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnlike the original covers, IPNG's design incorporates a retention strap which attaches to the bumper's lower fixing. This keeps the covers attached to the vehicle when removed, helping prevent them from being lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward and requires no permanent modification to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimply:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the retention strap to the vehicle's lower bumper fixing using the appropriate vehicle hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the tow eye cover over the opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush the cover into place until it securely clicks into the bumper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeft + right-hand pair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement for increasingly difficult-to-source original covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen original parts are no longer available\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated retention straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStraps attach to the bumper's lower fixings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent the covers from becoming lost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement-style fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant \u003cstrong\u003ePETG\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be painted to match your vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing missing or damaged original covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeft OEM Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6E0 853 665 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRight OEM Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6E0 853 666 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair – Left + Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–15 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe covers are designed to fit into the original bumper locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe retention straps attach to the vehicle's lower bumper fixings, after which the covers simply push into place and click securely into the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Left-hand tow eye cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × Right-hand tow eye cover\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 × Integrated retention straps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinish \u0026amp; Painting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe covers are supplied in \u003cstrong\u003eblack PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be painted to match your vehicle's body colour if required. Appropriate preparation and automotive paint should be used for the best finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG replacement parts\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed specifically for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOEM references:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLeft: 6E0 853 665 F\u003cbr\u003eRight: 6E0 853 666 F\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0030\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIndividual Tow Eye Covers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtitoweyecoverleft\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI left-hand tow eye cover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtitoweyecoverright\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI right-hand tow eye cover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/tow-eye-covers\"\u003eBrowse VW Lupo GTI tow eye covers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58383146877263,"sku":"IP-0030","price":59.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_153_s-l1600_82ae4798-ce14-4872-bb56-927afe440bf8.png?v=1786099713"},{"product_id":"lupogtismoothgrille","title":"VW Lupo GTI Blank Smoothed 3L Front Grille Grill 6E0853653A","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIPNG Smooth 3L-Style Modular Front Grille – VW Lupo GTI\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Smooth 3L-Style Front Grille for the VW Lupo GTI (1999–2005)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a completely smooth, redesigned and upgraded alternative to the original factory grille.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the clean, understated appearance of the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo 3L\u003c\/strong\u003e, this grille removes the factory grille's conventional slatted appearance and provides a \u003cstrong\u003ecompletely smooth front face\u003c\/strong\u003e for a distinctive OEM+ look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a simple modified or smoothed original grille, the IPNG design retains the benefits of our \u003cstrong\u003emodular grille system\u003c\/strong\u003e, including replaceable mounting clips, adjustable upper mounts and independently replaceable grille sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompletely Smooth 3L-Style Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe defining feature of this grille is its \u003cstrong\u003ecompletely smooth front face\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clean, uninterrupted design gives the Lupo GTI a much more understated appearance and provides an excellent base for customisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three grille sections can also be \u003cstrong\u003epainted individually before assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e, or joined together and painted as a complete grille depending on the finish you're looking to achieve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgraded Mounting System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original factory grille is well known for \u003cstrong\u003efragile moulded clips that can snap or wear out over time\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IPNG design replaces these vulnerable mounting points with \u003cstrong\u003estronger, heavy-duty bolt-on clips\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf a clip is ever damaged, it can be replaced individually rather than requiring the complete grille to be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upper mounting clips are also \u003cstrong\u003eheight-adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the grille to be fine-tuned where the original plastic mounting points on the vehicle have become worn with age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eModular 3-Piece Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grille is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ethree individual modular sections\u003c\/strong\u003e, rigidly connected using two bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis provides several advantages:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual sections can be replaced without purchasing a complete grille.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSections can be painted individually before assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sections can be joined and painted as one complete grille.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe modular system provides compatibility with future IPNG accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuture options include \u003cstrong\u003ebadgeless centres, intake modules and lighting inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImproved Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IPNG grille has been designed with \u003cstrong\u003etighter tolerances than the original VW grille\u003c\/strong\u003e, reducing the loose or \"sloppy\" fit that can develop with factory grilles and worn mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a more secure fit with a \u003cstrong\u003esolid, premium OEM+ appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompletely smooth front face\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspired by the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo 3L-style appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-piece modular grille system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaceable bolt-on mounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable upper mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved fit and tighter tolerances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGloss black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original grille\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the original VW centre badge and GTI emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to support future IPNG modular accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSections can be painted individually or as a complete grille\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront grille\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6E0853653A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth 3-piece modular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30–60 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grille is designed as a direct replacement for the original factory grille.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied mounting hardware allows the three grille sections and replacement clips to be assembled and fitted without permanent modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable upper mounts can then be fine-tuned to achieve the desired fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × IPNG smooth 3-piece modular front grille\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaceable bolt-on mounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired grille assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVW centre emblem and surrounding trim are NOT included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAirflow Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to the \u003cstrong\u003esmooth, closed front design\u003c\/strong\u003e, we recommend using additional air intake provisions alongside this grille where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable options include \u003cstrong\u003elighting-unit air intakes or lower grille intakes\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping provide additional airflow to the engine bay and support cooling of the GTI during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG replacement grille\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed specifically for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grille is supplied in gloss black and can be further customised or painted to suit your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOEM reference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0853653A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo GTI Grille Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtigrill\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI modular honeycomb front grille — 6E0853653A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtigrillbadgesurround\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI front grille badge surround\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grilles-and-components\"\u003eBrowse grille \u0026amp; grille components\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385885692239,"sku":"IP-0029","price":139.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_110_s-l1600_e8d03b27-5b07-4032-937e-67faa71ff0ad.png?v=1785974242"},{"product_id":"lupogtigrill","title":"VW Lupo GTI Front Grille Grill Honeycomb 6E0853653A","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIPNG Modular Front Grille – VW Lupo GTI\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Modular Front Grille for the VW Lupo GTI (1999–2005)\u003c\/strong\u003e — a redesigned and upgraded alternative to the original factory grille, developed to address some of the common weaknesses of the original design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original Lupo GTI grille uses moulded plastic mounting clips which can become fragile and break with age. The IPNG design replaces these vulnerable areas with \u003cstrong\u003estronger, replaceable bolt-on mounting clips\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing damaged clips to be replaced individually rather than requiring the complete grille to be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe grille also features \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable upper mounting clips\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the fitment to be fine-tuned where the vehicle's original plastic mounting points have become worn over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eModular 3-Piece Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the original one-piece construction, the IPNG grille is manufactured as \u003cstrong\u003ethree individual sections\u003c\/strong\u003e, rigidly joined together using two bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis modular approach provides several advantages:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual grille sections can be replaced without purchasing a complete grille.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged sections can be repaired or replaced independently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe design provides a platform for future IPNG modular accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuture modules can be incorporated into the grille system without redesigning the complete grille.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanned modular options include \u003cstrong\u003ebadgeless centre sections, intake modules and lighting inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the grille system to evolve with your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImproved Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe IPNG grille has been designed with \u003cstrong\u003etighter tolerances than the original factory grille\u003c\/strong\u003e, reducing the loose or sloppy fit that can develop with original grilles and worn mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a more secure fit and a \u003cstrong\u003esolid, premium OEM+ appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for OEM grille \u003cstrong\u003e6E0853653A\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-piece modular grille system\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger replaceable bolt-on mounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaceable mounting clips available individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable upper mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved fitment and tighter tolerances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGloss black OEM+ finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the original VW centre badge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the original GTI emblem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to support future IPNG modular accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect fit with no permanent vehicle modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront grille\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6E0853653A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGloss black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-piece modular\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30–60 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grille is designed as a direct replacement for the original factory grille.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied mounting hardware allows the modular sections and replacement mounting clips to be assembled and installed without requiring permanent modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable upper mounts can then be fine-tuned to achieve the desired fit against the vehicle's existing mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × IPNG 3-piece modular front grille\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement bolt-on mounting clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired grille assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCentre Badge \u0026amp; Trim\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grille is designed to accept the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal VW centre badge and original GTI emblem\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original centre badge and surrounding trim are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your original surrounding trim is damaged or missing, an \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtigrillbadgesurround\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG replacement is available separately\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFuture IPNG Modular System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe modular design has been developed with future IPNG accessories in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanned options include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBadgeless centre modules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntake modules\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLighting inserts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis allows the grille to be developed and customised over time without requiring customers to replace the complete grille assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket IPNG replacement grille\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed specifically for the Volkswagen Lupo GTI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not manufactured by or affiliated with Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOEM reference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0853653A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0028\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo GTI Grille Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtigrillbadgesurround\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI front grille badge surround\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtismoothgrille\"\u003eSmooth 3L-style modular grille alternative\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grilles-and-components\"\u003eBrowse grille \u0026amp; grille components\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385885725007,"sku":"IP-0028","price":139.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_152_s-l1600_aba4f097-93e7-42cf-a66b-d3f4edd73b31.png?v=1786099707"},{"product_id":"lupogtibrakelightred","title":"VW Lupo GTI High Level Spoiler 3rd Brake Light LED Red 6E0945097B","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Replacement LED High-Level Brake Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the increasingly difficult-to-source \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI high-level LED brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e with this high-quality 3D-printed reproduction from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI (1999–2006)\u003c\/strong\u003e, this replacement reproduces the original spoiler-mounted third brake light and provides a direct replacement for damaged, failed or missing original units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original VW component, \u003cstrong\u003eOEM part number 6E0945097B\u003c\/strong\u003e, is now increasingly difficult to source, making this an ideal solution for owners restoring or maintaining their Lupo GTI.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDirect Plug \u0026amp; Play Replacement\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe IPNG replacement is designed to install in the same manner as the original factory component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal OEM VW connector and mounting arrangement\u003c\/strong\u003e, meaning no wiring modifications are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSimply remove the original unit and install the replacement using the existing vehicle connections and fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for \u003cstrong\u003e1999–2006 models\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original high-level LED brake light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOEM VW part number: 6E0945097B\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlug \u0026amp; play installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses the original OEM VW connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo wiring modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses the original mounting arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLED brake light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvery unit tested before dispatch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal replacement for damaged or failed original units\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcellent solution for an increasingly difficult-to-source original component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRear spoiler\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLED high-level \/ third brake light\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eOEM Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6E0945097B\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePlug \u0026amp; play\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTI only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI high-level LED brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e is becoming increasingly difficult to source, with genuine units now considered an increasingly rare component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original VW part is identified by \u003cstrong\u003epart number 6E0945097B\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis IPNG reproduction has been designed specifically as a replacement for the original spoiler-mounted unit, providing owners with a practical alternative when an original component is damaged or unavailable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe light uses the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal OEM VW connector\u003c\/strong\u003e, so there is no requirement to modify the vehicle's wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 45–60 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement is designed to install using the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal mounting arrangement and OEM VW connector\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo wiring modifications are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe majority of the installation time is associated with removing and refitting the rear spoiler to access the brake light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × VW Lupo GTI replacement LED high-level brake light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is designed \u003cstrong\u003eexclusively for the VW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket reproduction component\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a genuine Volkswagen part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOEM reference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6E0945097B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0027\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo Brake Light Parts \u0026amp; Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtibrakelightclear\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI clear LED high-level brake light\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtibrakelightrepair\"\u003eVW Lupo high-level brake-light wiring repair section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vw-lupo-gti-high-level-brake-light-problems-6e0945097b\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI high-level brake light troubleshooting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385885790543,"sku":"IP-0027","price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_149_s-l1600.png?v=1785973808"},{"product_id":"lupogtibrakelightclear","title":"VW Lupo GTI High Level Spoiler 3rd Brake Light LED Clear 6E0945097B","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Clear LED High-Level Brake Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the increasingly difficult-to-source \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI high-level LED brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e with this clear-lens reproduction from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI (1999–2006)\u003c\/strong\u003e, this replacement light replicates the original spoiler-mounted third brake light while introducing a \u003cstrong\u003eclear lens design that was never offered as a factory option\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGenuine Lupo GTI high-level brake lights are now extremely difficult to source, with original units having been discontinued for many years. This makes the IPNG replacement an ideal solution for damaged, faded or failed original units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClear Lens – Unique IPNG Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the typical original Lupo GTI brake light, this IPNG version features a \u003cstrong\u003eclear lens\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the rear of the vehicle a cleaner and more distinctive appearance while retaining the original spoiler-mounted position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe LEDs illuminate \u003cstrong\u003ered when the brake pedal is applied\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing the required brake-light function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFits \u003cstrong\u003e1999–2006 models\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear lens — \u003cstrong\u003enot available on the original factory unit\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLED high-level \/ third brake light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect OEM-style replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlug \u0026amp; play installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses the original factory connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo wiring modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses the original mounting arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach unit tested before dispatch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal replacement for damaged or failed original units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRear spoiler\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLED high-level brake light\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eLens\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClear\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePlug \u0026amp; play\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGTI only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI high-level brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e is becoming increasingly difficult to source, with genuine replacement units no longer readily available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis IPNG reproduction has been designed specifically to provide a direct replacement for the original spoiler-mounted unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is \u003cstrong\u003eplug \u0026amp; play\u003c\/strong\u003e, using the original VW connector and mounting arrangement, meaning there are no wiring modifications required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest difference is the \u003cstrong\u003eclear lens\u003c\/strong\u003e. The original Lupo GTI brake light was not available with a clear lens, making this an exclusive IPNG option for owners looking for something different from the standard factory appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated LEDs illuminate red when the brake light is activated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery unit is \u003cstrong\u003etested before dispatch\u003c\/strong\u003e to ensure the LEDs and electrical connection are functioning correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 45–60 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward once the rear spoiler has been removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement light uses the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal mounting arrangement and factory VW connector\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to be installed without modifying the vehicle's wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSome of the installation time is attributable to removing and refitting the spoiler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Clear LED VW Lupo GTI high-level brake light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is designed \u003cstrong\u003eexclusively for the VW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not intended for standard Lupo models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket reproduction component\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a genuine Volkswagen part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe clear-lens design is an \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG-exclusive feature\u003c\/strong\u003e and was not available on the original factory Lupo GTI brake light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0026\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo Brake Light Parts \u0026amp; Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtibrakelightred\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI red LED high-level brake light — 6E0945097B\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtibrakelightrepair\"\u003eVW Lupo high-level brake-light wiring repair section\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vw-lupo-gti-high-level-brake-light-problems-6e0945097b\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI high-level brake light troubleshooting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385885856079,"sku":"IP-0026","price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_161_s-l1600.png?v=1786099738"},{"product_id":"lupogtigrillbadgesurround","title":"VW Lupo GTI Grille Grill Badge Surround Bezel Plastic Trim","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Front Grille Badge Surround\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace a damaged or broken \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI front grille badge surround\u003c\/strong\u003e with this high-quality 3D-printed replacement from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original badge surrounds are prone to \u003cstrong\u003ebroken mounting clips\u003c\/strong\u003e, and genuine replacement components are becoming increasingly difficult to source.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement has been designed to replicate the original component and retain the \u003cstrong\u003eOEM mounting arrangement\u003c\/strong\u003e, while incorporating additional material and reinforcement in areas of the original design that are most susceptible to breaking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOEM-style black finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original badge surround\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetains the original mounting arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReinforced in areas prone to breaking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdditional material added to improve durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing broken or damaged original components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGenuine original replacement parts are increasingly difficult to source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel Years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront grille\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrille badge surround\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM-style black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe front grille badge surround on the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e uses small mounting clips which can become brittle and break with age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnce damaged, finding a genuine replacement can be difficult, particularly as these small trim components are no longer readily available as individual replacement parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis IPNG reproduction has been carefully designed to \u003cstrong\u003efit in the same location as the original\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to replace a damaged surround without replacing the complete grille.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWe've also added \u003cstrong\u003eadditional material and reinforcement to the areas most prone to failure in the original design\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping improve the durability of the replacement component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe result is a practical replacement that retains the appearance and installation method of the original while addressing one of its common weak points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe badge surround is designed to fit using the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal grille mounting arrangement\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent modifications or additional hardware are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 × VW Lupo GTI front grille badge surround\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrille and badge are NOT included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is specifically designed for the \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not intended as a replacement for the standard Lupo grille.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket 3D-printed replacement component\u003c\/strong\u003e, manufactured to replicate the original part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original VW part number for the complete grille is not listed against this individual surround, as the surround is not separately identified by that grille assembly number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0025\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo GTI Grille Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtigrill\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI modular honeycomb front grille — 6E0853653A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtismoothgrille\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI smooth 3L-style modular front grille\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/grilles-and-components\"\u003eBrowse grille \u0026amp; grille components\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385885888847,"sku":"IP-0025","price":34.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_119_s-l1600.png?v=1786099624"},{"product_id":"miniclubmangaskets","title":"Mini Clubman 1275GT Pair of Gasket Seals for Fresh Air Intake Scoop Vent","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT Fresh Air Intake Scoop Gaskets – Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace missing, damaged or deteriorated \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT fresh air intake scoop gaskets\u003c\/strong\u003e with this pair of high-quality replacement gaskets from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to sit between the \u003cstrong\u003efresh air intake scoops and inner wings\u003c\/strong\u003e, these gaskets replicate the original factory components and provide a clean, finished seal once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal gaskets are often missing or damaged on older vehicles and are increasingly difficult to source. This replacement pair provides a simple solution for restorations, repairs and replacement of worn original components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePair of left and right-hand fresh air intake scoop gaskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original gaskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit between the intake scoops and inner wings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal Clubman intake vents\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG reproduction Clubman intake vents\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from flexible and durable TPU\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses the original vent mounting arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo additional hardware required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLeft \u0026amp; Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eLocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFresh air intake scoop \/ inner wing\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTPU\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe fresh air intake scoop gaskets on Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT models can become \u003cstrong\u003edamaged, deteriorated or simply go missing\u003c\/strong\u003e over the years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese replacement gaskets have been carefully modelled to replicate the original design and sit between the fresh air intake scoops and the inner wings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eflexible TPU\u003c\/strong\u003e, they provide the flexibility required to conform to the mating surfaces while providing a clean OEM-style appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThey are suitable for use with both \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal factory Clubman intake vents\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG reproduction intake vents\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 10–15 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward and requires no modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe gaskets fit between the intake scoops and inner wings and are secured using the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal vent mounting arrangement\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo additional hardware is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Left-hand fresh air intake scoop gasket\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Right-hand fresh air intake scoop gasket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFresh air intake vents are NOT included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible IPNG Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese gaskets are compatible with the IPNG \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakescoopleft\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakeright\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eright-hand Classic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT reproduction fresh air intake scoops\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, as well as the original factory vents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplacing the full system? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakekit\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT fresh-air vent complete kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement gaskets\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to replicate the original factory components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThey are not genuine original manufacturer parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0024\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385885987151,"sku":"IP-0024","price":14.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_104_s-l1600.png?v=1786099589"},{"product_id":"lupogtibrakelightrepair","title":"VW Lupo GTI High Level 3rd Third Centre Brake Light Connector Repair Cable Wire","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo High-Level Brake Light Connector Repair Section\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIs your \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo high-level brake light connector\u003c\/strong\u003e corroded, damaged or suffering from poor electrical connections?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement connector repair section provides a straightforward way to repair the affected section of wiring without needing to replace the entire vehicle wiring loom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied with a \u003cstrong\u003egenuine OEM VW connector\u003c\/strong\u003e and sufficient wiring to replace the damaged section, the repair section can be spliced directly into your vehicle's existing wiring loom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for both \u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI spoiler-mounted brake lights and non-GTI Lupo models fitted with a high-level brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eA Common Lupo Wiring Problem\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWater ingress into the bootlid is a common cause of deterioration to the high-level brake light wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOver time, the \u003cstrong\u003ebrake light\/spoiler seal can deteriorate\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing water to enter the bootlid and reach the wiring and connector. This can result in corrosion, damaged wiring and poor electrical connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf your original connector has suffered from corrosion as a result of water ingress, this repair section provides a straightforward way to replace the affected wiring and connector without replacing the complete wiring loom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for VW Lupo high-level brake light wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for \u003cstrong\u003eLupo GTI and non-GTI models\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGenuine \u003cstrong\u003eOEM VW connector\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for repairing corroded or damaged wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied with sufficient wiring to replace the affected section\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG high-level brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with original factory high-level brake lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for repairing water-ingress-related corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need to replace the complete vehicle wiring loom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe wiring and connector for the Lupo's high-level brake light can become \u003cstrong\u003ecorroded or damaged with age\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly where water has entered the bootlid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRather than replacing the entire wiring loom, this repair section allows the damaged portion of wiring to be removed and replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied \u003cstrong\u003eOEM VW connector\u003c\/strong\u003e provides the correct connection at the brake light, while the attached wiring gives you sufficient length to remove the affected section and splice the repair section into the existing loom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes it particularly useful when restoring an older Lupo where the original connector or wiring has deteriorated over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo GTI\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVW Lupo with factory high-level brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG high-level brake light\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal factory high-level brake light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30–60 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe repair section is designed to be \u003cstrong\u003espliced into the vehicle's existing wiring loom\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the damaged or corroded section of wiring and connect the replacement section using a suitable automotive wiring repair method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor a secure and durable installation, we recommend using \u003cstrong\u003esoldered connections with suitable heat-shrink protection\u003c\/strong\u003e, or an appropriate high-quality automotive crimping method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways ensure the wiring is correctly identified and securely insulated before testing the brake light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × OEM VW high-level brake light connector repair section\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttached wiring of sufficient length to replace the damaged section\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrake light NOT included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is intended as a \u003cstrong\u003ewiring repair section\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a complete replacement wiring loom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf water ingress has caused the original connector to corrode, we recommend checking the \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-level brake light\/spoiler seal\u003c\/strong\u003e and addressing any source of water ingress before installing the replacement wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original vehicle wiring will need to be cut and the replacement section spliced into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0023\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lupo Brake Light Parts \u0026amp; Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtibrakelightred\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI red LED high-level brake light — 6E0945097B\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtibrakelightclear\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI clear LED high-level brake light\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vw-lupo-gti-high-level-brake-light-problems-6e0945097b\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI high-level brake light troubleshooting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385886085455,"sku":"IP-0023","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_111_s-l1600.png?v=1785973120"},{"product_id":"miniclubmanintakekit","title":"Mini Clubman 1275GT Fresh Air Intake Complete Kit Austin British Leyland","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT Fresh Air Vent Complete Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRestore or replace the complete fresh-air ventilation system on your \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman or 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e with this comprehensive replacement kit from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to closely replicate the original factory components, this kit provides an \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-style appearance and fit\u003c\/strong\u003e while bringing together everything required to recreate the fresh-air system in one package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for \u003cstrong\u003erestorations, repairs or project cars that are missing the original fresh-air system entirely\u003c\/strong\u003e, this kit saves you the hassle of sourcing multiple increasingly difficult-to-find components individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplete fresh-air vent system replacement kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOEM-style fit and appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo vehicle modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable black ASA components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat and UV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality flexible ducting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDucting designed to motorsport-accredited standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes replacement sealing gaskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes under-arch pipe support clips and fixings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for restorations and incomplete project cars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft \u0026amp; Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFresh Air Ventilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrinted Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack ASA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDucting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible motorsport-style ducting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe fresh-air ventilation components fitted to Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT models can be difficult to source individually, particularly when restoring a vehicle that has been modified, dismantled or left incomplete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ecomplete fresh-air vent kit\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a convenient solution by supplying the major components required to recreate the original system in one package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe vents have been carefully designed to replicate the appearance and installation of the original factory components, while the included hoses, gaskets and support clips complete the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the kit suitable both for \u003cstrong\u003ereplacing worn or damaged original components\u003c\/strong\u003e and for \u003cstrong\u003eproject vehicles where the complete fresh-air system is missing\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakescoopleft\"\u003eLeft-hand Clubman fresh-air intake vent\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakeright\"\u003eRight-hand Clubman fresh-air intake vent\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmangaskets\"\u003eFlexible inner-wing-to-vent sealing gaskets\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Right-hand fresh-air hose with integrated heater junction box adaptor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Left-hand fresh-air hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × Under-arch pipe support clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFixing nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual \u003ca href=\"\/products\/clubmanintakeclampleft\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/clubmanintakeclampright\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eright-hand fresh air vent pipe clamps\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e are also available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe right-hand fresh-air hose features an \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated heater junction box adaptor\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed to clip into the junction box in the same manner as the original specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1–2 hours\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed as a \u003cstrong\u003edirect replacement for the original fresh-air system\u003c\/strong\u003e, requiring no modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation involves fitting the vents, sealing gaskets, ducting and under-arch support clips in their corresponding original locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe included components and fixings allow the system to be installed as a complete assembly, making this particularly useful for vehicles where the original system is missing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed a full walkthrough?\u003c\/strong\u003e See our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/classic-mini-clubman-1275gt-fresh-air-system-installation-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \u0026amp; 1275GT fresh-air system installation guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, including fitting guidance and a clickable original-to-IPNG part-number cross-reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEverything required to recreate the Classic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT fresh-air vent system is included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeft-hand fresh-air vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRight-hand fresh-air vent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × sealing gaskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeft-hand fresh-air hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRight-hand fresh-air hose with heater junction box adaptor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × under-arch support clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFixing nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed for \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman and 1275GT models\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for replacing damaged or deteriorated original components, as well as for project vehicles that are \u003cstrong\u003emissing the complete fresh-air ventilation system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3D-printed components are manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eblack ASA plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing good resistance to heat and UV exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe flexible ducting is selected to provide a durable solution suitable for automotive applications and is designed to \u003cstrong\u003emotorsport-accredited standards\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0022\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and restoration-focused replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or impossible to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhere possible, we aim to provide complete solutions rather than requiring customers to track down multiple individual components from different suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385886118223,"sku":"IP-0022","price":149.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_12_s-l1600.png?v=1786389527"},{"product_id":"weber45dcoe","title":"2 X WEBER 45 DCOE Dellorto 2\" Ram Pipe Velocity Stack Intake Trumpet","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePair of Vortex Velocity Stacks – 2\" Tall, 45mm Bore\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your induction system with a pair of \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Vortex velocity stacks\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for 45mm Weber and Dellorto carburettor applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFeaturing a smooth bellmouth entry and integrated curved guide vanes, the Vortex design is intended to help \u003cstrong\u003esmooth and control airflow entering the carburettor\u003c\/strong\u003e, reducing turbulence at the intake and promoting efficient airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a \u003cstrong\u003e45mm bore, 65mm mounting stud spacing and 2\" overall height\u003c\/strong\u003e, these velocity stacks provide a bolt-on solution for a range of larger Weber and Dellorto carburettors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePair of two\u003c\/strong\u003e Vortex velocity stacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45mm intake bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e65mm mounting stud spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" \/ approximately 51mm tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Weber and Dellorto carburettors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth bellmouth entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated Vortex guide vanes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to optimise and control intake airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable ASA construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original carburettor mounting studs and fixings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom sizes and lengths available on request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDellorto DHLA45\/48\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDellorto DRLA45\/48\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeber DCOE45\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeber IDF44\/48\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 velocity stacks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" \/ approximately 51mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Stud Spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eASA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVortex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal carburettor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vortex velocity stack features a \u003cstrong\u003esmooth bellmouth entry\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to reduce turbulence as air enters the carburettor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntegrated curved guide vanes within the stack are designed to help \u003cstrong\u003econtrol and direct incoming airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a smoother transition into the carburettor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vortex design focuses on \u003cstrong\u003eairflow optimisation\u003c\/strong\u003e, while providing a distinctive alternative to conventional straight-bellmouth velocity stacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation uses the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal carburettor mounting studs and fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e, meaning no permanent modification to the carburettor is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePosition the velocity stacks onto the existing mounting studs and secure using the original hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAir Filtration\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe required air filtration arrangement will depend on the individual vehicle and engine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eexposed engine bays or vehicles regularly used in dusty environments\u003c\/strong\u003e, we recommend using a suitable \u003cstrong\u003efoam filter\u003c\/strong\u003e over the velocity stacks to help protect the engine from airborne dirt and debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir filters are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e2 × 2\" Vortex velocity stacks\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarburettors, mounting hardware, air filters and other accessories are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeed a different height, bore or configuration?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther sizes and lengths are available from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/strong\u003e Please contact us to discuss your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeed the smaller 40mm bore instead? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/weber40dcoe\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Vortex velocity stacks for Weber DCOE40 and Dellorto DHLA40 (IP-0020)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese velocity stacks are designed around a \u003cstrong\u003e45mm bore and 65mm mounting stud spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlease check your carburettor dimensions before purchasing to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0021\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we design and manufacture \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and performance-focused components for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a particular focus on producing parts that aren't readily available through conventional suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Vortex range is designed with both \u003cstrong\u003efunction and appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e in mind, providing enthusiasts with practical alternatives to conventional intake components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Fitment \u0026amp; Selection Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure which Vortex stack is right for your carburettor? Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vortex-velocity-stack-fitment-selection-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVortex velocity stack fitment \u0026amp; selection guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare carburettor fitment, intake or bore size, stack height and IPNG part number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385886347599,"sku":"IP-0021","price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_11_s-l1600_7864c94d-378d-43ad-a779-67a7278ff827.png?v=1786099638"},{"product_id":"weber40dcoe","title":"2 X WEBER 40 DCOE Dellorto 2\" Ram Pipe Velocity Stack Intake Trumpet","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePair of Vortex Velocity Stacks – 2\" Tall, 40mm Bore\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your induction system with a pair of \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Vortex velocity stacks\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for 40mm Weber and Dellorto carburettors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFeaturing a smooth bellmouth entry and integrated curved guide vanes, the Vortex design is intended to help \u003cstrong\u003esmooth and control airflow entering the carburettor\u003c\/strong\u003e, reducing turbulence at the intake and promoting efficient airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a \u003cstrong\u003e40mm bore, 65mm mounting stud spacing and 2\" overall height\u003c\/strong\u003e, these velocity stacks are designed as a direct bolt-on fit for a range of 40mm carburettors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePair of two\u003c\/strong\u003e Vortex velocity stacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40mm intake bore\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e65mm mounting stud spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" \/ approximately 51mm tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Weber and Dellorto 40mm carburettors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth bellmouth entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated Vortex guide vanes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to optimise and control intake airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable ASA construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the original carburettor mounting studs and fixings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom sizes and lengths available on request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary verified applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDellorto DHLA40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeber DCOE40\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e65mm stud-centre mounting pattern\u003c\/strong\u003e is also commonly used for other 40mm carburettor applications, including Dellorto DRLA40, Weber DCOM40 and Weber IDF40.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your carburettor has a \u003cstrong\u003e40mm bore and 65mm mounting stud centres\u003c\/strong\u003e, these stacks may also be suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 velocity stacks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" \/ approximately 51mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Stud Spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eASA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVortex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal carburettor fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vortex velocity stack features a \u003cstrong\u003esmooth bellmouth entry\u003c\/strong\u003e to help reduce turbulence as air enters the carburettor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntegrated curved guide vanes within the stack are designed to help \u003cstrong\u003econtrol and direct the incoming airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a more consistent transition into the carburettor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result is a velocity stack designed with \u003cstrong\u003eairflow optimisation as its primary purpose\u003c\/strong\u003e, while also providing a distinctive alternative to conventional straight-bellmouth designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward and requires the use of the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal carburettor mounting studs and fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove the existing intake arrangement, position the Vortex velocity stacks onto the carburettor mounting studs and secure using the original hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo permanent modification to the carburettor is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAir Filtration\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese velocity stacks can be used with different intake and filtration arrangements depending on the vehicle and engine bay configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eexposed engine bays or vehicles regularly used in dusty environments\u003c\/strong\u003e, we recommend using a suitable \u003cstrong\u003efoam filter\u003c\/strong\u003e over the velocity stacks to help protect the engine from airborne dirt and debris.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAir filters are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e2 × 2\" Vortex velocity stacks\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarburettors, mounting hardware, air filters and other accessories are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCustom Sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeed a different height, bore or configuration?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther sizes and lengths are available from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/strong\u003e Please contact us to discuss your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeed the larger 45mm bore instead? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/weber45dcoe\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Vortex velocity stacks for Weber DCOE45 and Dellorto 45mm applications (IP-0021)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese velocity stacks are designed around a \u003cstrong\u003e40mm bore and 65mm mounting stud spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlease check your carburettor dimensions before purchasing to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0020\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we design and manufacture \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and performance-focused components for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a particular focus on producing parts that aren't readily available through conventional suppliers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur Vortex range is designed with both \u003cstrong\u003efunction and appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e in mind, providing enthusiasts with practical alternatives to conventional intake components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Fitment \u0026amp; Selection Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure which Vortex stack is right for your carburettor? Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vortex-velocity-stack-fitment-selection-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVortex velocity stack fitment \u0026amp; selection guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare carburettor fitment, intake or bore size, stack height and IPNG part number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385886380367,"sku":"IP-0020","price":24.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_11_s-l1600_cc8ca278-03a3-4e4d-8432-247333719e17.png?v=1786099644"},{"product_id":"rangeloadspacelinerboltcover","title":"Ford Ranger 2011-2014 Load Space Liner Bolt Cover Panel 1735767","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger T6 Mk1 Load Space Liner Bolt Cover Panel – 1735767\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace a missing or damaged \u003cstrong\u003eFord Ranger T6 Mk1 load space liner bolt cover panel\u003c\/strong\u003e with this high-quality 3D-printed replica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to provide an \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-style appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e, this replacement is made for the Ford Ranger T6 Mk1 and is a direct replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eFord part number 1735767\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original cover is becoming increasingly difficult to source, making this an ideal replacement for restoring the finished appearance of your Ranger's load space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eFord Ranger T6 Mk1\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eFord OEM part number 1735767\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOEM-style appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit the original mounting location\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable, high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3D printed by IPNG Automotive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFord\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRanger T6 Mk1\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eGeneration\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eT6 \/ Mk1\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLoad Space Liner Bolt Cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eOEM Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1735767\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe small trim and fixing covers used throughout the \u003cstrong\u003eFord Ranger T6 Mk1\u003c\/strong\u003e can be easily lost or damaged over the lifetime of the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement load space liner bolt cover provides a straightforward solution for replacing the original component while maintaining an \u003cstrong\u003eOEM-style appearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as a direct replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eFord part number 1735767\u003c\/strong\u003e, the cover fits into the original mounting location without requiring modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003edurable, high-temperature-resistant black PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is designed to provide a long-lasting replacement for the original component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5–15 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement cover is designed to \u003cstrong\u003efit directly into the original mounting location\u003c\/strong\u003e, using the same installation method as the original component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo modifications or additional hardware are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Ford Ranger T6 Mk1 load space liner bolt cover panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is a \u003cstrong\u003e3D-printed aftermarket replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e for Ford OEM part number \u003cstrong\u003e1735767\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original Ford part number is provided for \u003cstrong\u003eidentification and compatibility purposes only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is not a genuine Ford product and is not manufactured or supplied by Ford.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0019\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly small components that can become difficult or expensive to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help preserve the original appearance and functionality of enthusiast vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385886445903,"sku":"IP-0019","price":7.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_11_s-l1600.png?v=1786099629"},{"product_id":"minidoorshimkit","title":"Classic Mini Door Shim Fitting Kit Cooper Clubman 0.5mm 1mm 2mm Door Adjustment","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Door Shim Fitting Kit – Wind-Up Window Models\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStruggling to align your Classic Mini doors or achieve those \u003cstrong\u003eperfect panel gaps\u003c\/strong\u003e?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis door shim fitting kit provides a simple and precise way to fine-tune door alignment on \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Minis with wind-up windows\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith three different shim thicknesses supplied, the kit allows you to make small adjustments to the position of the door, helping achieve a better fit and more consistent panel gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Minis with wind-up windows\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for precise door alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThree different shim thicknesses supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach shim clearly labelled for easy identification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows fine adjustment of door position\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses the vehicle's existing door hinge fixings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypically enough shims to adjust both doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for restoration and panel alignment work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClassic Mini\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWindow Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWind-up windows\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDoor Hinge Shim Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePETG\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUniversal for wind-up window Minis\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAchieving good door alignment on a Classic Mini can make a significant difference to the overall appearance of a restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis shim kit provides a selection of different thicknesses, allowing you to \u003cstrong\u003efine-tune the position of your doors and achieve more accurate panel gaps\u003c\/strong\u003e without relying on trial and error with a single shim thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach shim is clearly labelled, making it easy to identify the thickness required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn most cases, the supplied selection provides enough shims to adjust \u003cstrong\u003eboth doors\u003c\/strong\u003e, although additional shims may occasionally be required depending on the condition and existing alignment of your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2mm shims × 2\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1mm shims × 2\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0.5mm shims × 4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAll shims are clearly labelled for easy identification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★★☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dependent on experience and the level of adjustment required\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDoor alignment can be a precise process, and the time required will vary depending on the condition of the vehicle, existing panel alignment and the experience of the person carrying out the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe shims are installed using the \u003cstrong\u003eexisting door hinge fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the door position to be adjusted without requiring additional mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × 2mm PETG shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 × 1mm PETG shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 × 0.5mm PETG shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor hinge not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed for \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Minis equipped with wind-up windows\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied shims will generally provide enough adjustment for both doors, although additional shims may occasionally be required depending on the individual vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoor hinge not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0018\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and restoration-focused replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can make classic vehicle restoration easier and more precise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality solutions that help enthusiasts achieve the best possible fit and finish from their vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58385886511439,"sku":"IP-0018","price":12.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_125_s-l1600.png?v=1785972632"},{"product_id":"polobumperboltcoverset","title":"VW Polo Mk2F Rear Bumper Bolt Covers Trim Set 1990-94 Coupe Breadvan GT G40 86C","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F Rear Bumper Bolt Covers – Set of 4\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace missing or damaged rear bumper bolt covers on your \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F (1990–1994)\u003c\/strong\u003e with this set of four 3D-printed replacement covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese small original components are \u003cstrong\u003eoften lost or missing and are no longer available to purchase new\u003c\/strong\u003e, making them a useful replacement for restoration projects and vehicles where the original bumper hardware is incomplete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to fit in the \u003cstrong\u003esame way as the original items\u003c\/strong\u003e, these replacement covers provide an authentic appearance while helping restore the finished look of the rear bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F (1990–1994)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear bumper bolt covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a set of four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits using the original installation method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing lost or missing covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTextured finish designed to replicate the appearance of the original bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable, high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D printed by IPNG Automotive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolo Mk2F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1990–1994\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBumper Bolt Cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear bumper bolt covers on the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F\u003c\/strong\u003e are small components that are easily lost or damaged over the years. Unfortunately, the original items are \u003cstrong\u003eno longer available to purchase new\u003c\/strong\u003e, making complete sets increasingly difficult to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement set provides a simple solution for restoring the original appearance of the rear bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cover has been designed to fit \u003cstrong\u003ein exactly the same way as the original item\u003c\/strong\u003e, making installation straightforward without requiring modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe covers are manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003edurable, high-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e and feature a \u003cstrong\u003etextured bumper-style finish\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to blend naturally with the original bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5–15 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is designed to be \u003cstrong\u003ethe same as the original factory items\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply fit each cover into its corresponding rear bumper position. No modifications or additional hardware are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e4 × Volkswagen Polo Mk2F rear bumper bolt covers\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese covers are designed specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F (1990–1994)\u003c\/strong\u003e rear bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for \u003cstrong\u003efour rear bumper bolt covers\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe covers are aftermarket replacement parts and are not manufactured or supplied by Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0017\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly small components that can become difficult or impossible to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help preserve the original appearance and functionality of classic and enthusiast vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated VW Polo Exterior Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bumper-parts\"\u003eBrowse bumper parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787498831,"sku":"IP-0017","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_137_s-l1600_2cc3970a-bf55-4d5d-8409-8a060928863e.png?v=1786099694"},{"product_id":"clubmanintakeclampright","title":"Classic Mini Clubman 1275GT Fresh Air Intake Under-Wing Clamp Pipe Support Right","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT Right-Hand Fresh Air Vent Pipe Clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the original right-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp on your \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman or 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e with this high-quality \u003cstrong\u003euprated replacement clamp\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to hook underneath the fresh air vent pipe in the same way as the original design, this replacement makes fitting the vent pipe straightforward once the clamp has been secured to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for replacing original clamps that are \u003cstrong\u003emissing, broken, damaged or increasingly difficult to source\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRight-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable uprated design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHooks underneath the vent pipe as per the original design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows the vent pipe to be installed after the clamp has been fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable ASA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied with stainless steel mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcellent replacement for obsolete original parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAustin \/ Morris \/ British Leyland\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRight-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFresh Air Vent Pipe Clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUprated replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original fresh air vent pipe clamps on Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT models can become \u003cstrong\u003ebroken, damaged or completely missing\u003c\/strong\u003e over time. With original replacement parts becoming increasingly difficult to source, this uprated design provides a practical alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to \u003cstrong\u003ehook underneath the fresh air vent pipe\u003c\/strong\u003e, this clamp retains the original installation principle while providing a durable replacement for the obsolete factory component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe clamp can be secured to the vehicle before the fresh air vent pipe is installed, making the fitting process straightforward and reducing the difficulty associated with installing the original-style component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003edurable ASA\u003c\/strong\u003e and supplied with \u003cstrong\u003estainless steel mounting hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e, this replacement is designed for long-term use in an automotive environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the clamp to the vehicle using the supplied stainless steel mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnce fitted, the fresh air vent pipe hooks into the clamp \u003cstrong\u003efrom underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e, following the original design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Right-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003eright-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFresh air vent pipe and other vehicle components are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the opposite side or the full system? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/clubmanintakeclampleft\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakekit\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT fresh-air vent complete kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003euprated aftermarket replacement product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by the original vehicle manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0016\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and uprated replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or impossible to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhere possible, we aim to improve upon the original design while retaining the appearance, functionality and installation principles expected from the original component.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787531599,"sku":"IP-0016","price":13.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_111_s-l1600_c0b31f33-f6df-49e9-8509-078c6790e26d.png?v=1786099612"},{"product_id":"clubmanintakeclampleft","title":"Classic Mini Clubman 1275GT Fresh Air Intake Under-Wing Clamp Pipe Support Left","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT Left-Hand Fresh Air Vent Pipe Clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the original left-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp on your \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman or 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e with this high-quality \u003cstrong\u003euprated replacement clamp\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned with a convenient \u003cstrong\u003esnap-fit system\u003c\/strong\u003e, the clamp allows the fresh air vent pipe to be installed quickly and easily \u003cstrong\u003eafter the clamp has been secured to the vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e. This makes installation significantly simpler than the original-style arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for replacing original clamps that are \u003cstrong\u003emissing, broken, damaged or increasingly difficult to source\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeft-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUprated snap-fit design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows the vent pipe to be fitted after the clamp is installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimplifies installation compared with the original design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable ASA construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied with stainless steel mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal replacement for obsolete original parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAustin \/ Morris \/ British Leyland\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLeft-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFresh Air Vent Pipe Clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUprated replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe original fresh air vent pipe clamps on Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT models can become \u003cstrong\u003ebroken, damaged or completely missing\u003c\/strong\u003e over time. With original replacement parts becoming increasingly difficult to source, this uprated design provides a practical alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the original-style clamp, this replacement features a \u003cstrong\u003esnap-fit system\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows the fresh air vent pipe to be installed after the clamp has already been mounted to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes fitting the vent pipe considerably easier, particularly when access around the inner wing is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003edurable ASA\u003c\/strong\u003e, the clamp is designed for long-term use in an automotive environment and is supplied with \u003cstrong\u003estainless steel mounting hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the clamp to the vehicle using the supplied stainless steel mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the clamp is installed, the fresh air vent pipe can simply be \u003cstrong\u003esnap-fitted into position\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the installation process easier than with the original arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Left-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFresh air vent pipe and other vehicle components are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the opposite side or the full system? See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/clubmanintakeclampright\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eright-hand fresh air vent pipe clamp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakekit\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT fresh-air vent complete kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003euprated aftermarket replacement product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by the original vehicle manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0015\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and uprated replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or impossible to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhere possible, we aim to improve upon the original design while retaining the appearance, functionality and installation principles expected from the original component.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787564367,"sku":"IP-0015","price":14.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_141_s-l1600_d97224d4-f3f9-4a1a-a79e-796c2b19f6a8.png?v=1785980127"},{"product_id":"vwdashboardblank867857145a","title":"VW Dashboard Switch Blank 867857145A Polo Corrado Passat B3 T4 16V GT G40 G60","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVolkswagen Dashboard Switch Blank – OEM 867 857 145 A\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace a missing or damaged dashboard switch blank with this \u003cstrong\u003e3D-printed direct replacement for Volkswagen OEM part number 867 857 145 A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal dashboard blanks are often lost or removed over the years and are becoming increasingly difficult to source. This replacement provides a simple way to restore the original appearance of your Volkswagen's dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant black PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e, this blank is designed to install directly into the original dashboard switch aperture using the factory-style push-fit mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eVW OEM part number 867 857 145 A\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a range of Volkswagen applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple push-fit installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo additional hardware required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing lost, missing or damaged original blanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D printed by IPNG Automotive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDashboard Switch Blank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e867 857 145 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush-fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCross-Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement is suitable for applications using \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen OEM part number 867 857 145 A\u003c\/strong\u003e, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen Polo 86C \/ 2F\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen Corrado\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen Passat B3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolkswagen Transporter T4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease check your existing part number before purchasing to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal dashboard switch blanks are often lost, removed or damaged during the lifetime of an older Volkswagen. As these small trim components become increasingly difficult to source, finding an original replacement can be surprisingly difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis IPNG replacement provides a straightforward solution, allowing you to restore the \u003cstrong\u003eclean, factory appearance of the dashboard\u003c\/strong\u003e without having to source an increasingly rare original component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blank is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant black PETG\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a durable material suitable for the interior automotive environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 1 minute\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blank is designed to \u003cstrong\u003epush directly into the original dashboard switch aperture\u003c\/strong\u003e using the factory-style mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply align the blank with the aperture and press it securely into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo additional mounting hardware is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 × Volkswagen dashboard switch blank\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is a direct replacement for \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen OEM part number 867 857 145 A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease check the OEM part number of your existing blank before purchasing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0014\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly small components that can become surprisingly difficult to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help preserve the original appearance and functionality of enthusiast vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated VW Interior \u0026amp; Dashboard Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/polodashswitchblank\"\u003eVW dashboard switch blank – 357 957 087\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/dashboard-parts\"\u003eBrowse dashboard parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787597135,"sku":"IP-0014","price":7.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_132_s-l1600_b8d8bf9f-9f49-4e44-a626-aa39492fe714.png?v=1786099688"},{"product_id":"miniultralitecentrecaps","title":"Classic Mini 3D Printed Blank Centre Caps for 10\" Ultralite Alloy Cooper S Wheel","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Ultralite Cooper S 10\" Alloy Wheel Centre Cap Blanks – Set of 4\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplace missing or damaged centre caps on your \u003cstrong\u003eUltralite Cooper S 10\" × 4.5\" alloy wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e with this set of four 3D-printed centre cap blanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese centre caps have been specifically designed and verified to fit the \u003cstrong\u003eUltralite Cooper S 10\" × 4.5\" alloy wheels, Part No. SR-011\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a clean replacement for missing, damaged or deteriorated original centre caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe caps are designed to be installed from the rear of the wheel and retained in position when the wheel is refitted to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpecifically designed for \u003cstrong\u003eUltralite Cooper S 10\" × 4.5\" alloy wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVerified fitment for \u003cstrong\u003ePart No. SR-011\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied as a set of four\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for missing or damaged centre caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInstalls from the rear of the wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo additional clips, screws or mounting hardware required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat front face designed to accept centre-cap decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCustom decal designs available upon request\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from high-temperature-resistant black PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3D printed by IPNG Automotive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWheel Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWheel Manufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUltralite\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCooper S\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWheel Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10\" × 4.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWheel Part Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSR-011\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAlloy Wheel Centre Cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSet of 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVerified\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMissing or damaged centre caps can detract from the appearance of otherwise excellent classic Mini alloy wheels. These replacement centre cap blanks provide a straightforward way to restore the finished appearance of your \u003cstrong\u003eUltralite Cooper S wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach cap has been specifically designed for the \u003cstrong\u003eUltralite Cooper S 10\" × 4.5\" alloy wheel (Part No. SR-011)\u003c\/strong\u003e and is installed from the rear of the wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the cap has been positioned, the wheel can be refitted using the vehicle's existing wheel fixings. \u003cstrong\u003eNo additional clips, screws or mounting hardware are required.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe front face has deliberately been left \u003cstrong\u003eflat\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a suitable surface for adding a centre-cap decal or badge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCustom Decals\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat face of these centre caps allows a variety of decals or designs to be added.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom designs such as Leyland logos and other classic Mini-related designs can be added upon request.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you require a particular design, \u003cstrong\u003eplease contact IPNG Automotive before purchasing\u003c\/strong\u003e so we can confirm whether your requested design can be produced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe centre caps are designed to slide into position \u003cstrong\u003efrom the rear of the alloy wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the four caps have been fitted, simply refit the wheels to the vehicle using the existing wheel fixings. The centre caps are retained in position by the wheel once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo additional mounting hardware is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e4 × Ultralite Cooper S alloy wheel centre cap blanks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWheels are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDecals are not included\u003c\/strong\u003e as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese centre caps have been specifically designed and verified for \u003cstrong\u003eUltralite Cooper S 10\" × 4.5\" alloy wheels, Part No. SR-011\u003c\/strong\u003e. Please confirm the part number of your wheels before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCustom centre-cap decal designs, including designs such as \u003cstrong\u003eLeyland logos\u003c\/strong\u003e, may be available upon request. \u003cstrong\u003ePlease contact IPNG Automotive before purchasing\u003c\/strong\u003e to discuss your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0013\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or expensive to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help preserve the appearance and functionality of classic and enthusiast vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787629903,"sku":"IP-0013","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_127_s-l1600_b84a8220-4fe3-446b-8047-479ae58ca876.png?v=1785980383"},{"product_id":"miniclubmanintakescoopleft","title":"Classic Mini Clubman 1275GT Fresh Air Intake Scoop Left Austin British Leyland","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT Left-Hand Fresh Air Intake Scoop\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRestore the original appearance of your \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman or 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e with this high-quality left-hand fresh air intake scoop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully modelled to replicate the original factory design, this direct replacement scoop provides an authentic appearance once fitted, making it ideal for \u003cstrong\u003erestorations, replacement of damaged or missing original parts, or subtle upgrades\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoop installs using the original \u003cstrong\u003epush-fit mounting method\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to be fitted in the same way as the factory item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeft-hand side fresh air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarefully modelled to replicate the original factory design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original item\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePush-fit installation using the original mounting method\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuthentic appearance suitable for restoration projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged, perished or missing original scoops\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable black PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature-resistant material\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplacement gasket available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAustin \/ Morris \/ British Leyland\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLeft-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFresh Air Intake Scoop\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOriginal factory intake position\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe fresh air intake scoops fitted to classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT models are an important part of the original vehicle's appearance. With original parts becoming increasingly difficult to find in good condition, replacing a damaged or missing scoop can be an important part of a quality restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement has been \u003cstrong\u003ecarefully modelled to replicate the original factory design\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing an authentic appearance without introducing an obviously modern or aftermarket look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoop is designed as a \u003cstrong\u003edirect replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e and uses the original push-fit installation method, making it straightforward to install in the factory left-hand intake position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoop is designed to install using the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal factory push-fit mounting method\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA gasket should be fitted between the scoop and the vehicle body, as per the original factory specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmangaskets\"\u003eReplacement gaskets are available separately from IPNG Automotive — IP-0024.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Left-hand fresh air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand side scoop only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA gasket should be fitted between the scoop and the vehicle body to replicate the original factory installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmangaskets\"\u003eReplacement gaskets are available separately from IPNG Automotive (IP-0024).\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso available: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakeright\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eright-hand fresh air intake scoop\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakekit\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ecomplete Classic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT fresh-air vent kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by the original vehicle manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0012\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or expensive to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help preserve the appearance and functionality of classic and enthusiast vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787662671,"sku":"IP-0012","price":39.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_150_s-l1600_572ed667-d9a5-4dc2-85d9-19521053cc6b.png?v=1786099701"},{"product_id":"miniclubmanintakeright","title":"Classic Mini Clubman 1275GT Fresh Air Intake Scoop Right Austin British Leyland","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT Right-Hand Fresh Air Intake Scoop\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRestore the original appearance of your \u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Clubman or 1275GT\u003c\/strong\u003e with this high-quality right-hand fresh air intake scoop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully modelled to replicate the original factory design, this direct replacement scoop provides an authentic appearance once fitted, making it ideal for \u003cstrong\u003erestorations, replacement of damaged or missing original parts, or subtle upgrades\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoop installs using the original \u003cstrong\u003epush-fit mounting method\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to be fitted in the same way as the factory item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for the Classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRight-hand side fresh air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCarefully modelled to replicate the original factory design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original item\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePush-fit installation using the original mounting method\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuthentic appearance suitable for restoration projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing damaged, perished or missing original scoops\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable black PETG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-temperature resistant material\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReplacement gasket available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAustin \/ Morris \/ British Leyland\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClassic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRight-hand side\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFresh Air Intake Scoop\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOriginal factory intake position\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe fresh air intake scoops fitted to classic Mini Clubman and 1275GT models are an important part of the original vehicle's appearance. With original parts becoming increasingly difficult to find in good condition, replacing a damaged or missing scoop can be an important part of a quality restoration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement has been \u003cstrong\u003ecarefully modelled to replicate the original factory design\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing an authentic appearance without introducing an obviously modern or aftermarket look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoop is designed as a \u003cstrong\u003edirect replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e and uses the original push-fit installation method, making it straightforward to install in the factory right-hand intake position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoop is designed to install using the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal factory push-fit mounting method\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA gasket should be fitted between the scoop and the vehicle body, as per the original factory specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmangaskets\"\u003eReplacement gaskets are available separately from IPNG Automotive — IP-0024.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Right-hand fresh air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003eright-hand side scoop only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA gasket should be fitted between the scoop and the vehicle body to replicate the original factory installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmangaskets\"\u003eReplacement gaskets are available separately from IPNG Automotive (IP-0024).\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlso available: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakescoopleft\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand fresh air intake scoop\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/miniclubmanintakekit\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ecomplete Classic Mini Clubman \/ 1275GT fresh-air vent kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by the original vehicle manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0011\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or expensive to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help preserve the appearance and functionality of classic and enthusiast vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787695439,"sku":"IP-0011","price":54.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_156_s-l1600_4f5a78f3-3fa0-4f2f-8f20-5ceab61c5065.png?v=1786099720"},{"product_id":"hiff44sustack2inch","title":"2\" SU Carb Hiff44 Ram Pipe Velocity Stack","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2\" Vortex Velocity Stack for SU HIF44 Carburettors\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlock improved airflow from your \u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF44 carburettor\u003c\/strong\u003e with the IPNG Automotive 2\" Vortex Velocity Stack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned with performance in mind and developed in accordance with the principles outlined in David Vizard's highly regarded \u003cstrong\u003eA-Series engine tuning\u003c\/strong\u003e work, this velocity stack has been tested to provide an \u003cstrong\u003eapproximately 5.2% improvement in airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e over the standard A-Series setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Vortex design combines a smooth bellmouth entry with integrated curved guide vanes, helping control the incoming airflow and reduce turbulence as it enters the carburettor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF44 carburettors\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" tall velocity stack design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested to provide approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5.2% increased airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e over the standard A-Series setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned in accordance with principles from David Vizard's A-Series engine tuning work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth bellmouth entry helps reduce turbulence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated curved guide vanes help direct airflow into a controlled circular motion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to improve airflow into the carburettor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured using high-temperature-resistant plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D printed by IPNG Automotive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther sizes and lengths available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains the original carburettor fixing arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplication\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe HIF44 is a popular \u003cstrong\u003e1¾\" SU carburettor\u003c\/strong\u003e found across a wide range of classic British vehicles. This velocity stack is suitable for HIF44 applications including vehicles such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMini\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJaguar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriumph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther classic British vehicles fitted with an SU HIF44 carburettor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease confirm that your carburettor is an SU HIF44 before purchasing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard carburettor inlet can create turbulence and airflow restriction as air enters the carburettor. A properly designed velocity stack provides a smoother transition into the carburettor, helping air enter more efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IPNG \u003cstrong\u003eVortex\u003c\/strong\u003e design takes this concept further by incorporating curved guide vanes within the inlet. These vanes help guide incoming air into a controlled circular motion, designed to improve the quality and efficiency of the airflow entering the carburettor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe result is a velocity stack designed not simply to increase the available intake area, but to \u003cstrong\u003eactively manage the airflow entering the HIF44\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndependent testing of this design has demonstrated an \u003cstrong\u003eapproximately 5.2% improvement in airflow over the standard A-Series setup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe design has been developed with reference to the established A-Series tuning principles associated with \u003cstrong\u003eDavid Vizard\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it particularly suited to enthusiasts looking to optimise the breathing characteristics of their classic A-Series engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15–30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe velocity stack is designed to retain the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal HIF44 carburettor fixing arrangement\u003c\/strong\u003e, making installation straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove the existing intake\/filter arrangement, fit the velocity stack to the HIF44 using the original fixing arrangement and ensure everything is securely fastened before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 × 2\" Vortex Velocity Stack for SU HIF44 carburettor\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarburettor, manifold, air filter and other accessories are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for \u003cstrong\u003eone 2\" Vortex velocity stack only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is designed specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eSU HIF44 carburettor\u003c\/strong\u003e. Please confirm your carburettor type before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOther Vortex velocity stack sizes and lengths are also available from IPNG Automotive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsing an SU HS4, HIF38, HIF4 or H4 with a 35mm intake instead? Compare our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/1halfinchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5\" Vortex stack (IP-0045)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2inchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Vortex stack (IP-0044)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/2halfinchsustack\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2.5\" Vortex stack (IP-0046)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for the 35mm SU fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0010\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in developing \u003cstrong\u003eperformance-focused and OEM+ components for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, combining modern manufacturing techniques with proven principles from traditional engine tuning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to develop practical performance products that provide measurable improvements while remaining suitable for the classic vehicles they were designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVortex Fitment \u0026amp; Selection Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure which Vortex stack is right for your carburettor? Use our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/vortex-velocity-stack-fitment-selection-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVortex velocity stack fitment \u0026amp; selection guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to compare carburettor fitment, intake or bore size, stack height and IPNG part number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787760975,"sku":"IP-0010","price":15.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_137_s-l1600_cb5b4330-6113-418c-ae10-895429f6774d.png?v=1785980951"},{"product_id":"motorsportinspireddecal","title":"IPNG Automotive Red Motorsport Decal 4\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” Logo Sticker – 4\" Red\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” Logo Sticker – 4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a classic motorsport-inspired touch to your vehicle, workshop, toolbox, garage or other suitable surface with the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” Logo Sticker\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the styling of the iconic \u003cstrong\u003eBBS logo\u003c\/strong\u003e, this sticker features a bold \u003cstrong\u003ered finish\u003c\/strong\u003e while incorporating the IPNG branding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring \u003cstrong\u003e4\" wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, it's ideal for adding a subtle motorsport detail to your car or workshop without taking up excessive space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” Logo\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspired by the iconic \u003cstrong\u003eBBS-style design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\" wide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for vehicles, toolboxes, garages, workshops and automotive displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic motorsport-inspired appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, apply the sticker to a clean, dry and smooth surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClean the application area thoroughly before fitting and carefully apply the sticker, avoiding air bubbles as you work across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × IPNG “Motorsport” Logo Sticker – 4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG-branded design inspired by classic automotive and motorsport styling\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not manufactured by or affiliated with BBS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0009\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787793743,"sku":"IP-0009","price":2.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/motorsportsticker.png?v=1786320249"},{"product_id":"classicdecal","title":"IPNG Automotive Blue\/Yellow Vintage Style Decal 4\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker – 4\"\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker – 4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a classic motorsport-inspired touch to your vehicle, workshop, toolbox, garage or other suitable surface with the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the styling of the iconic \u003cstrong\u003eHella logo\u003c\/strong\u003e, this sticker features a distinctive \u003cstrong\u003eblue and yellow finish\u003c\/strong\u003e while incorporating the IPNG branding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring \u003cstrong\u003e4\" wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, this is the smaller version of our Classic Style Logo Sticker, making it ideal for areas where a more subtle IPNG detail is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspired by the iconic \u003cstrong\u003eHella-style design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue and yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4\" wide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for vehicles, toolboxes, garages, workshops and automotive displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic automotive and motorsport-inspired appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, apply the sticker to a clean, dry and smooth surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClean the application area thoroughly before fitting and carefully apply the sticker, avoiding air bubbles as you work across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × IPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker – 4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue \/ Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG-branded design inspired by classic automotive and motorsport styling\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not manufactured by or affiliated with Hella.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0008\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787892047,"sku":"IP-0008","price":3.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/vintagesticker.png?v=1786320217"},{"product_id":"classicdecallarge","title":"IPNG Automotive Blue\/Yellow Vintage Style Decal 8.5\"","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker – Large 8.5\"\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker – Large\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdd a classic motorsport-inspired touch to your vehicle, workshop, toolbox, garage or other surfaces with the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInspired by the styling of the iconic \u003cstrong\u003eHella logo\u003c\/strong\u003e, this sticker features the distinctive \u003cstrong\u003eblue and yellow colour scheme\u003c\/strong\u003e while incorporating the IPNG branding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring \u003cstrong\u003e8.5\" wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, this larger version makes a strong visual statement while retaining the classic automotive aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Classic Style Logo\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspired by the iconic \u003cstrong\u003eHella-style design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue and yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge \u003cstrong\u003e8.5\" wide\u003c\/strong\u003e size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for vehicles, toolboxes, garages, workshops and automotive displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClassic motorsport-inspired appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, apply the sticker to a clean, dry and smooth surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClean the application area thoroughly before fitting and carefully apply the sticker, avoiding air bubbles as you work across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × IPNG Classic Style Logo Sticker – Large\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue \/ Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG-branded design inspired by classic automotive and motorsport styling\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not manufactured by or affiliated with Hella.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0007\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787924815,"sku":"IP-0007","price":7.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/vintagelarge.png?v=1786320570"},{"product_id":"ipngmotorsportbanner","title":"IPNG Automotive Motorsport Banner 150cm x 90cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” Banner – 150 × 90cm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” Banner – 150cm × 90cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGive your garage, workshop, paddock area, race car display or automotive workspace an unmistakable IPNG motorsport look with our \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” Banner\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring \u003cstrong\u003e150cm × 90cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, the banner is designed for straightforward installation and comes with \u003cstrong\u003epre-installed eyelets\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing it to be securely mounted using your preferred fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG “Motorsport” design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge \u003cstrong\u003e150cm × 90cm\u003c\/strong\u003e banner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-installed eyelets\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for garages, workshops, automotive events, paddocks and displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for IPNG customers, automotive enthusiasts and motorsport environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5–10 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe banner features pre-installed eyelets, allowing it to be easily secured to a suitable wall, fence, stand or other mounting surface using appropriate fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixings are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 × IPNG “Motorsport” Banner\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-installed eyelets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlease ensure the mounting surface and chosen fixings are suitable for the intended installation location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU: IP-0006\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58393787957583,"sku":"IP-0006","price":14.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/ChatGPTImageAug10_2026_01_10_47AM.png?v=1786320762"},{"product_id":"civictyperbrakeducts","title":"Honda Civic Type R EP3 Fog Light Air Intake Scoops Brake Ducts Track 90 Degree","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHonda Civic Type-R EP3 Facelift Brake Cooling Air Intake Scoops – Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImprove the cooling of your \u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic Type-R EP3 facelift braking system\u003c\/strong\u003e with this pair of bolt-on fog lamp air intake scoops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to utilise the original fog lamp locations, these scoops capture fresh air from the front of the vehicle and provide a \u003cstrong\u003ededicated 50mm ducting outlet for directing airflow towards the braking assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBy supplying additional fresh air to the brakes, these ducts can help manage heat during \u003cstrong\u003ehard driving, repeated braking and track use\u003c\/strong\u003e, where maintaining effective brake cooling can become increasingly important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoops install using the \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal Honda fog lamp fixing locations\u003c\/strong\u003e, requiring no drilling, cutting, bonding or permanent modification to your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned primarily for \u003cstrong\u003ebrake cooling on the Honda Civic Type-R EP3 facelift\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for 2003–2005 facelift models\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupplied as a left and right pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCaptures fresh air from the front of the vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to direct additional airflow towards the braking assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong\u003e50mm diameter brake ducting\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e90-degree outlet simplifies ducting routing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses the original Honda fog lamp fixing locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo drilling, cutting, bonding or bodywork modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFully reversible installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable ASA\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResistant to high temperatures and UV exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo additional mounting hardware required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHonda\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCivic Type-R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGeneration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEP3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFacelift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2003–2005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrake Cooling Air Intake Scoop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDucting Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic Type-R EP3\u003c\/strong\u003e is well suited to enthusiastic driving, but repeated heavy braking can generate significant heat within the braking system. Effective brake cooling can therefore become increasingly important, particularly during \u003cstrong\u003etrack days, spirited driving or repeated high-speed braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese fog lamp air intake scoops provide a clean and practical way of introducing \u003cstrong\u003efresh outside air directly into a brake cooling system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe scoops replace the original fog lamp components and use the existing mounting locations, allowing 50mm ducting to be routed from the front of the vehicle towards the braking assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe outlet is positioned at \u003cstrong\u003e90 degrees\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping simplify the routing of the ducting and reducing the need to work around the front structure of the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the scoops can also be used as an air source for other applications, their primary purpose is \u003cstrong\u003edirecting fresh airflow towards the brakes to assist with brake cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1–2 hours\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTools Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Phillips screwdriver, flathead screwdriver or plastic trim clip removal tool, 8mm or 10mm socket\/spanner, and optionally WD-40 for rusted screws\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires removal and refitting of the front bumper to access the original fog lamp fixing locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the original fog lamp components have been removed, the scoops can be installed using the existing Honda fog lamp mounting locations. No permanent modification to the vehicle is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe installation is fully reversible, allowing the scoops to be removed and the vehicle returned to its original configuration if required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Left-hand brake cooling air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × Right-hand brake cooling air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrake ducting is not included\u003c\/strong\u003e and is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese scoops are designed to accept \u003cstrong\u003e50mm diameter ducting\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNo additional mounting hardware is required. The scoops utilise the \u003cstrong\u003eOEM Honda fog lamp fixing locations\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese products are designed specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003e2003–2005 Honda Civic Type-R EP3 facelift\u003c\/strong\u003e. Please ensure your vehicle matches the stated fitment before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese scoops are designed to provide an air supply for a brake cooling system. \u003cstrong\u003eThe effectiveness of any brake cooling system will depend on the complete ducting arrangement, routing and installation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket performance product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by Honda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0005\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in developing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and performance-focused parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, with an emphasis on practical solutions that integrate cleanly with the original vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur products are designed to provide useful performance improvements while retaining a professional appearance and, where possible, the ability to return the vehicle to its original configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEP3 Brake Cooling Installation Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor bumper removal, 50mm duct routing and full-lock clearance checks, see our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/honda-civic-type-r-ep3-brake-cooling-duct-installation-guide\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic Type R EP3 brake cooling duct installation guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse more \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/civic-type-r-ep3\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic Type R EP3 parts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58415685861711,"sku":"IP-0005","price":69.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_149_s-l1600_fb749d15-d1a7-438f-883b-472053c7403f.png?v=1786141728"},{"product_id":"poloheaterkit","title":"VW Polo 86C Mk2f Heater Blower Motor Replacement Upgrade Kit Bearing Refurbish","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Polo Mk2F Heater Motor Replacement Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIs your \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F heater motor\u003c\/strong\u003e squeaking, squealing, or refusing to work altogether? This complete heater motor replacement kit provides a modern solution for restoring your original heater assembly, replacing the ageing and often noisy original motor with a new, uprated motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Polo Mk2F models from 1990–1994\u003c\/strong\u003e, this kit allows you to retain your original heater assembly while replacing the worn-out motor and associated components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplete heater motor replacement kit for Volkswagen Polo Mk2F\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for all Mk2F models from 1990–1994\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNew uprated heater motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to provide a quieter alternative to the original ageing motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows the original Polo heater assembly to be retained\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes new heater core foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes motor mounts, adaptors, wiring and assembly hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDetailed installation instructions and cutting guide included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePolo Mk2F\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1990–1994\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFitment\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll Mk2F Models\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeater Motor Replacement Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAgeing heater motors can become noisy, develop squeaks and squeals, or eventually stop working altogether. Finding a suitable replacement for an older Polo can also be difficult without replacing the complete heater assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis IPNG Automotive heater motor replacement kit provides an alternative solution, allowing you to retain your \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal Volkswagen Polo Mk2F heater assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e while replacing the original motor with a new, uprated unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the components required to adapt the new motor to the original heater assembly, together with new wiring, assembly hardware, heater core foam and detailed installation instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × 3-piece motor mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMotor-to-fan adaptors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 × New uprated heater motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLive and earth wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3 × Assembly screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCutting guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNew heater core foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDetailed installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★★★\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2–4 hours\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTools Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10mm or slightly larger drill bit, hacksaw, knife or other suitable method of cutting thin plastic\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit requires \u003cstrong\u003eminor modification to the original Polo heater blower assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e. Some mechanical knowledge and experience is recommended before attempting installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA suitable method of cutting thin plastic will be required, along with a 10mm or slightly larger drill bit. Please follow the supplied cutting guide and detailed installation instructions during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOriginal Heater Assembly Required\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed to be installed into your vehicle's \u003cstrong\u003eoriginal Volkswagen Polo Mk2F heater assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e. The original heater assembly is required for installation and is \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e with this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis kit does not include the original Polo heater assembly or any of its original components.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe following original components are not included:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal heater outer casing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal heater core\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal resistor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSome components shown in product photographs may be included for reference only. Please refer to the \u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e section above for the complete contents of the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement and conversion kit\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003eIP-0004\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in developing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement solutions for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly for components that can become difficult, expensive or impossible to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality solutions that help keep enthusiast vehicles on the road without compromising on usability or reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Guide \u0026amp; Related Polo Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/installation-guides\/polo-86c-mk2-mk2-heater-conversion-installation-guide\"\u003eVW Polo Mk2F 86C heater blower motor installation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/Polo_86C_MK2_MK2_Heater_Conversion_Installation_Guide.pdf?v=1786151226\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePrintable heater conversion installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/polo-mk2\"\u003eBrowse VW Polo Mk2 \u0026amp; Mk2F 86C parts\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58434971173199,"sku":"IP-0004","price":69.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_139_s-l1600_4b600465-fb97-4f03-bb2e-6b80f45808ed.png?v=1786319590"},{"product_id":"lupogtibathurstcentrecap","title":"VW Lupo GTI Bathurst Alloy Wheel Centre Cap Paintable 6E0 601 149 A","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Bathurst Alloy Wheel Centre Cap\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReplacement centre cap for the \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI Bathurst alloy wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed as a direct-fit alternative to the original centre cap. Ideal for replacing missing, damaged or worn centre caps on Lupo GTI wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for VW Lupo GTI Bathurst alloy wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect-fit replacement for the original centre cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3D printed using high-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied in a silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVW badge supplied loose for custom finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing lost, missing or damaged original centre caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChassis\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBathurst Alloy Wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Centre Cap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal VW Lupo GTI Bathurst wheel centre caps are often lost or missing, while genuine replacement items can be increasingly difficult to source. This aftermarket replacement centre cap has been designed to replicate the original dimensions and fitment, providing a practical solution for restoring your Bathurst alloy wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach centre cap is manufactured from \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-temperature-resistant PETG plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a durable alternative to the original component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinish \u0026amp; Badge Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe centre cap is supplied with a \u003cstrong\u003esilver finish\u003c\/strong\u003e. Please note that the silver colour is \u003cstrong\u003enot an exact colour match to the original Volkswagen centre caps\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe VW badge is supplied \u003cstrong\u003eloose and unfixed\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to paint or finish it to your preferred colour before fitting. This gives you the flexibility to achieve a closer match to your existing wheels or create a completely custom finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5–10 minutes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTools Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trim removal tool or suitable flat tool\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the existing centre cap using a suitable trim removal tool or flat tool, taking care not to damage the alloy wheel. Position the replacement centre cap correctly and press it securely into place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × VW Lupo GTI Bathurst alloy wheel centre cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × loose VW badge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement part\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by Volkswagen. It is designed specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003e1999–2006 Volkswagen Lupo GTI Bathurst alloy wheel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe silver finish is not an exact match to the original Volkswagen centre cap finish. The supplied VW badge is intentionally left unfixed so that it can be painted or finished separately before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDue to the 3D-printing manufacturing process, minor variations in surface finish may be present. These do not affect the intended fit or function of the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can be difficult or expensive to source. Our aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help keep these cars on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Bathurst Wheel Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/bathurstcentrecapbadges\"\u003e90mm VW Lupo GTI Bathurst centre-cap decals — set of four\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/centre-caps\"\u003eBrowse wheel centre caps \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58434971271503,"sku":"IP-0003","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/imgi_149_s-l1600_2090b697-c012-4146-8d61-cabcd833452e.png?v=1786319479"},{"product_id":"bathurstcentrecapbadges","title":"Lupo GTI Bathurst Wheel Centre Cap Badge Decal Sticker 90mm Adhesive Backed x4","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVW Lupo GTI Bathurst Centre Cap Decals – 90mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRefresh your \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Lupo GTI Bathurst alloy wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e with this set of four 90mm replacement centre cap decals. Designed to replace original decals that have become worn, faded, damaged or gone missing over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for VW Lupo GTI Bathurst alloy wheel centre caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 1999–2006 Volkswagen Lupo GTI models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e90mm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of four replacement decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlightly domed profile designed to fit Bathurst centre caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdhesive backing for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable protective film helps prevent scratches during installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for refreshing worn, faded, damaged or missing original decals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLupo GTI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChassis\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBathurst Alloy Wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel Centre Cap Decal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecal Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time, the original decals on Volkswagen Lupo GTI Bathurst centre caps can become faded, scratched, damaged or completely disappear. These replacement decals provide a simple way to restore the appearance of your original centre caps without replacing the complete cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach decal features an \u003cstrong\u003eadhesive backing\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy installation and a slightly domed profile designed to sit neatly on the Bathurst centre cap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA removable protective film is included on the face of each decal to help protect the surface from scratches during installation. Remove the protective film once the decal has been securely applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10–15 minutes\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTools Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cleaning\/degreasing materials and a suitable plastic scraper or your fingernail for removing the existing decal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully remove the existing centre cap decal and thoroughly clean and degrease the surface before applying the replacement. Ensure the surface is dry and free from dust, grease and residue before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the new decal carefully before applying pressure, then press firmly across the surface to ensure good adhesion. Remove the protective film once installation is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e4 × 90mm Bathurst centre cap decals\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCentre caps are not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e This listing is for four replacement decals only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese decals are designed specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003e1999–2006 Volkswagen Lupo GTI Bathurst alloy wheel centre caps\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0002\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or expensive to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help keep enthusiast vehicles on the road and looking their best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Bathurst Wheel Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lupogtibathurstcentrecap\"\u003eVW Lupo GTI Bathurst replacement centre cap — 6E0 601 149 A\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/centre-caps\"\u003eBrowse wheel centre caps \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58434971337039,"sku":"IP-0002","price":19.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/vw-lupo-gti-bathurst-centre-cap-decals-x4-colour-corrected.png?v=1788175191"},{"product_id":"volkswagen-lupo-replacement-vw-logo-for-mud-flaps-pair","title":"Volkswagen Lupo \/ MK4 Golf Replacement VW Logo for Mud Flaps PAIR","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVolkswagen Lupo \/ MK4 Golf Replacement VW Mud Flap Logos – Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep your original \u003cstrong\u003eVolkswagen Lupo mud flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e looking their best with this pair of replacement VW logos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs these cars continue to age, the original logos fitted to Lupo mud flaps are increasingly prone to becoming \u003cstrong\u003eperished, faded or damaged\u003c\/strong\u003e. At the same time, genuine Lupo mud flaps themselves are becoming \u003cstrong\u003eincreasingly difficult to source and are now a relatively rare item\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese replacement logos provide a simple way to restore and refresh your existing mud flaps, helping you preserve an original component that is becoming harder to replace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Volkswagen Lupo mud flaps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 1999–2005 Volkswagen Lupo models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the original mud flap logos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured from durable TPU\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for replacing perished, faded or damaged original logos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps restore and preserve increasingly rare original Lupo mud flaps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdhesive not included, allowing you to choose a suitable adhesive for your application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVolkswagen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLupo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1999–2005\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMud Flap Logo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time, the original logos fitted to Volkswagen Lupo mud flaps can become \u003cstrong\u003eperished, faded or damaged\u003c\/strong\u003e due to age and exposure to the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs genuine Lupo mud flaps have become \u003cstrong\u003eincreasingly difficult to source and are now a relatively rare item\u003c\/strong\u003e, replacing an entire mud flap simply because the original logo has deteriorated can be unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese replacement VW logos provide a simple way to \u003cstrong\u003erestore and refresh your existing mud flaps\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping you preserve an original component that is becoming harder to replace. They can improve the appearance of aged mud flaps without requiring you to source an increasingly rare complete replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003edurable TPU\u003c\/strong\u003e, these replacement logos are designed as a practical alternative to the ageing original components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDifficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEstimated Time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30 minutes, plus adhesive curing time\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTools Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic trim removal tool, small amount of heat if required, and a suitable adhesive\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarefully remove the existing logo from the mud flap using a suitable plastic trim tool. A small amount of heat may help soften the existing adhesive and make removal easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce the original logo has been removed, thoroughly clean the mounting surface and remove any remaining adhesive or contamination. Apply a suitable adhesive to the replacement logo and position it carefully on the mud flap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow sufficient time for the adhesive to cure fully before using or fitting the mud flap to the vehicle. \u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive is not included with this product.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 × Volkswagen replacement mud flap logos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdhesive is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e A suitable adhesive will be required to securely attach the replacement logos to the mud flaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe original mud flaps are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e and are required for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaftermarket replacement product\u003c\/strong\u003e and is not manufactured or supplied by Volkswagen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIPNG Part Number\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG SKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0001\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose IPNG Automotive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt IPNG Automotive, we specialise in producing \u003cstrong\u003eOEM+ and replacement parts for enthusiast vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, particularly components that can become difficult or expensive to source as vehicles age.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur aim is to provide practical, high-quality alternatives that help preserve and restore enthusiast vehicles, particularly where original components are becoming increasingly rare.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58531259121999,"sku":"IP-0001","price":8.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/DSC_0519_shopify_1x1_d796267b-f284-4843-9c9e-bbf488fcdfad.webp?v=1787453341"},{"product_id":"classic-mini-mk2-mk3-led-rear-light-conversion-kit-1967-75-clubman-roundnose","title":"Classic Mini Mk2 Mk3 LED Rear Light Conversion Kit 1967-75 Clubman Roundnose","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini Mk2\/Mk3 LED Rear Light Conversion Kit – 1967–1975\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade the rear lighting on your Classic Mini while retaining the original appearance of the factory rear lamp units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis IPNG Automotive LED rear light conversion kit is designed for \u003cstrong\u003eMk2 and Mk3 Classic Mini saloons produced from 1967–1975\u003c\/strong\u003e, including both \u003cstrong\u003eRoundnose and Clubman models fitted with the earlier rear light units without reverse lights\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis conversion replaces the original bulb contacts with bright LED boards while retaining the original lamp housings and lenses. Once installed, the exterior appearance remains original.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe low mounting position of the original Mini rear lights can make them less noticeable in modern traffic. These high-output LEDs provide a much brighter and more immediate light output, helping your Mini remain clearly visible while preserving the period look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED conversion for Classic Mini Mk2 and Mk3 rear light units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Roundnose and Clubman saloons from \u003cstrong\u003e1967–1975\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for rear lamp units \u003cstrong\u003ewithout reverse lights\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndicator, brake and tail light functions\u003c\/strong\u003e operate as per the original units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright LED output improves rear visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetains the original rear lamp housings and lenses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLooks original once installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted with \u003cstrong\u003eLucas connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e for direct \u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-play electrical connection with no loom modification required\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew galvanised steel lens dividers included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWiring colours and functions are clearly documented on the rear of each LED board\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDedicated earth wires mount discreetly to the original lamp fixing studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo drilling, cutting or permanent vehicle modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Mk2 \/ Mk3 Saloon — 1967–1975\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for both Roundnose Mini saloons and Mini Clubman saloons fitted with the earlier rectangular rear lamp assemblies \u003cstrong\u003ewithout integrated reverse lights\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward and uses the vehicle's original rear lamp units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the original bulb contacts from the existing lamp assemblies and feed the new wiring through the original openings. The LED boards then slide into position within the lamp units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied galvanised steel lens dividers fit into the original lenses and clamp the LED boards securely into position once the lenses are refitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach board has its wiring colours and functions documented directly on the rear to make identification during installation straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe earth connection is designed to mount discreetly to one of the four original rear lamp fixing studs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lucas connectors then connect directly to the vehicle's existing wiring loom, meaning \u003cstrong\u003eno cutting or alteration of the original loom is required\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation difficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated installation time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 30 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair of LED rear light boards, pre-installed with Lucas connectors and earth terminals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePair of new galvanised steel lens dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal rear lamp housings and lenses are reused and are \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Note\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on your vehicle's existing indicator system, fitting LED indicators may cause the indicators to flash at an incorrect rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003cstrong\u003eLED-compatible indicator relay is available separately\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide the appropriate flashing interval where required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0047\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPNG Automotive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear Light Conversion Kit\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic Mini Mk2 \/ Mk3 Saloon\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFitment Years:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1967–1975\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58555989033295,"sku":"IP-0047","price":89.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/ip-0047-classic-mini-led-rear-light-01_93e4d4cd-8ecf-468b-963c-a0dd7f3b5113.webp?v=1787700975"},{"product_id":"classic-mini-12v-2-pin-led-indicator-flasher-relay-ipng-led-rear-lights","title":"Classic Mini 12V 2 Pin LED Indicator Flasher Relay – IPNG LED Rear Lights","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Mini LED Indicator Flasher Relay – 2 Pin 12V\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e2-pin 12V LED-compatible flasher relay\u003c\/strong\u003e intended for use with the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Automotive Classic Mini Mk2\/Mk3 LED Rear Light Conversion Kit (IP-0047)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen fitting LED indicators, the reduced electrical load can cause the original relay to flash at an incorrect rate. This replacement relay is designed to correct that and provide a more appropriate indicator flash interval.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-pin LED-compatible flasher relay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12V operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated at 15A \/ 100W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps correct rapid or irregular indicator flashing after LED conversion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended companion product for \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG LED Rear Light Boards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a single relay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClassic Mini Mk2 \/ Mk3 Saloon — 1967–1975\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Roundnose and Clubman saloons when used alongside the \u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Automotive LED Rear Light Conversion Kit (IP-0047)\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the pin arrangement of your existing flasher relay before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation difficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★☆☆☆☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated installation time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 5 minutes\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0048\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPNG Automotive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED Indicator Flasher Relay\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrice:\u003c\/strong\u003e £9.99\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":58556031172943,"sku":"IP-0048","price":9.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/ip-0048-classic-mini-led-indicator-flasher-relay.png?v=1787601214"},{"product_id":"honda-civic-type-r-ep3-facelift-left-headlamp-air-intake-scoop-80mm","title":"Honda Civic Type R EP3 Facelift Left Headlamp Air Intake Scoop 80mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic Type R EP3 facelift\u003c\/strong\u003e, this left-hand headlamp air intake scoop provides a direct airflow route through the original headlamp position for cold-air-intake applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scoop installs into the original headlamp lens and features an \u003cstrong\u003e80 mm ducting outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing incoming air to be directed towards the engine intake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eASA\u003c\/strong\u003e, it offers resistance to heat, UV exposure and exterior automotive conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft-hand headlamp air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Honda Civic Type R EP3 facelift models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for cold-air-intake applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 mm ducting outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls into the original headlamp lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting template included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eASA construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV and heat resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for exterior automotive use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic Type R EP3 Facelift — 2003–2005 only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand scoop\u003c\/strong\u003e, intended for facelift EP3 applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Honda Civic EP2 facelift applications, the corresponding \u003ca href=\"\/products\/honda-civic-ep2-facelift-right-headlamp-air-intake-scoop-80mm\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eright-hand version (IP-0050)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires careful cutting and bonding of the original headlamp lens. The supplied template should be used to mark the opening before cutting, test-fitting and securely bonding the scoop into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation difficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★★☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated installation time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 3 hours, excluding adhesive curing time\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Left-hand headlamp air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Cutting template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadlamp lens is not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires cutting and bonding of the original headlamp unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 mm ducting is not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor track use only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0049\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPNG Automotive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Headlamp Air Intake Scoop\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutlet Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Honda Civic Type R EP3 Facelift\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58556066857295,"sku":"IP-0049","price":69.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/ip-0049-honda-civic-ep3-headlamp-intake-01.png?v=1790294746"},{"product_id":"honda-civic-ep2-facelift-right-headlamp-air-intake-scoop-80mm","title":"Honda Civic EP2 Facelift Right Headlamp Air Intake Scoop 80mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigned for the \u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic EP2 facelift\u003c\/strong\u003e, this right-hand headlamp air intake scoop provides a direct airflow route through the original headlamp position for cold-air-intake applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scoop installs into the original headlamp lens and features an \u003cstrong\u003e80 mm ducting outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing incoming air to be directed towards the engine intake system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured from \u003cstrong\u003eASA\u003c\/strong\u003e, it offers resistance to heat, UV exposure and exterior automotive conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight-hand headlamp air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for Honda Civic EP2 facelift models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for cold-air-intake applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 mm ducting outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalls into the original headlamp lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting template included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eASA construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUV and heat resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for exterior automotive use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHonda Civic EP2 Facelift — 2003–2005 only\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the \u003cstrong\u003eright-hand scoop\u003c\/strong\u003e, intended for facelift EP2 applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Honda Civic Type R EP3 facelift applications, the corresponding \u003ca href=\"\/products\/honda-civic-type-r-ep3-facelift-left-headlamp-air-intake-scoop-80mm\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eleft-hand version (IP-0049)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e is available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation requires careful cutting and bonding of the original headlamp lens. The supplied template should be used to mark the opening before cutting, test-fitting and securely bonding the scoop into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation difficulty:\u003c\/strong\u003e ★★★★☆\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated installation time:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 3 hours, excluding adhesive curing time\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Right-hand headlamp air intake scoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Cutting template\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eImportant Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeadlamp lens is not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires cutting and bonding of the original headlamp unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e80 mm ducting is not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor track use only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIPNG Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e IP-0050\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e IPNG Automotive\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Headlamp Air Intake Scoop\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASA\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutlet Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 mm\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Honda Civic EP2 Facelift\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"IPNG Automotive","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58556066890063,"sku":"IP-0050","price":69.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/1031\/7729\/0063\/files\/ip-0050-honda-civic-ep2-headlamp-intake-01.png?v=1790294957"}],"url":"https:\/\/ipng.store\/collections\/new-in.oembed","provider":"IPNG Automotive","version":"1.0","type":"link"}